215
INTRODUCTION 1 The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a number of "motives" for these associations, including protection, nutrition and as an aid to the dispersion (both geographically and temporally) of the organism. There are four main ways that animals of different species may be associated together; Symbiosis, Mutualism, Commensalisms and Parasitism. Many biologists see in a parasite a form of predatory animal. Instead of killing and devouring its prey whole, it can, by virtue of its smaller size, live on the host or in it, and eat it little by little. In nature we find extremely varied and diverse types of parasitism. In parasitism they associates live either partly or wholly at the expense of the other associate, the other partner (the host organism) not gaining anything from the association. This association may give rise to extreme pathology in the host, or the parasitism may be generally not very pathogenic. These parasites are an organism living in or on another living organism, obtaining from it part or its entire organic nutrient, commonly exhibiting some degree of adaptive structural modification and causing some degree of real damage to its host. Organisms in these associations may either be on the outer surface of the host organism (Ectoparasites) or inside the host organism (Endoparasites). Parasites may also be classified according to the closeness of the relationship as Facultative Parasites, the parasitic lifestyle taken up opportunistically, whereas in Obligate Parasites, organism must parasitize another organism. These parasites may often cause diseases; in this case they are referred to as Pathogenic Parasites. In a somewhat wider interpretation of the term parasitism some organisms exhibit parasitic behaviour only early in their lifecycle, these being referred to as Brood parasites.

INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

1

The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely.

There are a number of "motives" for these associations, including

protection, nutrition and as an aid to the dispersion (both

geographically and temporally) of the organism. There are four main

ways that animals of different species may be associated together;

Symbiosis, Mutualism, Commensalisms and Parasitism.

Many biologists see in a parasite a form of predatory animal.

Instead of killing and devouring its prey whole, it can, by virtue of its

smaller size, live on the host or in it, and eat it little by little. In nature

we find extremely varied and diverse types of parasitism.

In parasitism they associates live either partly or wholly at the

expense of the other associate, the other partner (the host

organism) not gaining anything from the association. This association

may give rise to extreme pathology in the host, or the parasitism may be

generally not very pathogenic. These parasites are an organism living in

or on another living organism, obtaining from it part or its entire

organic nutrient, commonly exhibiting some degree of adaptive

structural modification and causing some degree of real damage to its

host. Organisms in these associations may either be on the outer

surface of the host organism (Ectoparasites) or inside the host organism

(Endoparasites). Parasites may also be classified according to the

closeness of the relationship as Facultative Parasites, the parasitic

lifestyle taken up opportunistically, whereas in Obligate

Parasites, organism must parasitize another organism. These parasites

may often cause diseases; in this case they are referred to as Pathogenic

Parasites. In a somewhat wider interpretation of the term parasitism

some organisms exhibit parasitic behaviour only early in their lifecycle,

these being referred to as Brood parasites.

Page 2: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

2

Parasitic helminths may have either simple or complicated

lifecycles. The adult parasites are found in the definitive host where the

parasite's sexual cycle usually takes place, with either cross or self

fertilization with hermaphroditic parasites, or sexual reproduction if the

parasites have separate sexes, followed by production of eggs, or more

rarely with viviparous helminths, larvae. In many cases the parasite

larvae are found in different hosts, these are called the intermediate

hosts. Parasitic helminth larvae may have one, two or more

intermediate hosts in their lifecycles, or they may have no intermediate

hosts. Often asexual stages of reproduction occur in these intermediate

hosts, (for example with platyhelminth parasites). The two terms

definitive and intermediate host are the most important in parasitology

when referring to the type of host.

Parasitic helminths or worms comprise a diverse group of

metazoan organisms that infect billions of people and their

domesticated animals worldwide (Colley et al., 2001). In large part,

helminthiasis is caused by members of the phyla Nematoda and

Platyhelminthes (Kennedy and Harnett, 2001). Species belonging to

both the phyla occupy numerous niches within their mammalian hosts,

ranging from intestinal lumen to intravascular and even intracellular

sites. While the majority of individuals infected with parasitic worms

experience relatively minor symptoms compared to those infected with

organisms that typify more acute viral or bacterial infections, a small

percentage suffer severe life-threatening consequences. Since the overall

prevalence of helminthiasis is so high, relatively low frequencies of

severe disease nevertheless equate to large numbers of people

experiencing infection associated morbidity.

Page 3: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

3

The parasitic disease have posed a complex problem and become

a great challenge to the parasitologists in the world today, coupled with

the rapid changing world; the changes in the human ecology and the

effect of climatic changes on parasitic system have further increased the

threat to human as well as animal’s life.

In parasitic infections where the association is much closer, are

generally less pathogenic, extreme pathology generally only being

associated with high parasitic load. Study of helminth parasites of

vertebrates have a great practical as well as scientific value directly

related to the welfare of human beings. Frogs and toads harbor many

adult parasites including nematodes and their larvae. The remarkable

changes in the living conditions of host body influence the helminth

fauna, which exist within their body. Acaudated amphibians are final

hosts for a great number of parasitic nematode species; they are

interesting as a source of infestation for many wild and domestic

animals (birds, mammals) because they are osculant hosts for the larval

stages of the development of many nematode species.

The host and its parasites constitute a community of organism

living in close intimacy and exerting a profound effect upon each other.

These anurans are susceptible to many parasitic infections. They

display a luxuriant nematode fauna in the major part of their

alimentary tract. In fact helminth parasites constitute the bulk of

parasitic infections within their host body.

Nematodes represent one of the most important groups of

metazoan parasites of vertebrates. Some of them are known to be the

agent of serious diseases of domestic and wild animals represents an

important public health problem. However in addition to their practical

importance the nematodes also represent a significant model for the

Page 4: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

4

solution of a number of theoretical questions concerning host-parasite

relationships, biology, ecology, zoogeography and phylogeny of these

parasites and their hosts as well as questions of general biology. The

present knowledge of parasitic nematodes is still incomplete,

particularly in regard to their biology and ecology.

Nematodes play a significant role in the economy of man and

animals. Many species are zoonotic in nature capable of transmission

between humans and animals. They are successfully adapted to a

variety of habitats and are widely distributed as free living forms in

different terrestrial and aquatic habitats. They are also found parasitic

in several hosts, both plants and animals including man. Nematodes

parasitic in vertebrates show a wide range of adaptability. In these

hosts the worms are usually found in the alimentary canal. However

they may be found in the body cavity, lungs, heart, blood vessels,

urinogenital system etc. very often they also found in the connective

tissue, serous membrane, oral, nasal and orbital cavities. Their larvae

usually encysted have been found unrestrictedly distributed in the host

body. Many species of nematodes cause acute pathogenicity and misery

to humans as well as animals.

Nematode infection causes the skin on the thighs to become

rough and flaky. As this infection progress the entire body will be

affected. Nematode infection is highly contagious, especially among

frogs that are under a large amount of stress.

The class Amphibia includes frogs, toads, salamanders, newts

and caecilians. Amphibians are characterized by a glandular skin

without external scales, by gills during development (and in adulthood

in some), and by eggs that may have jelly coats but develop without

formation of extraembryonic membranes such as the amnion. Most

Page 5: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

5

amphibians also have four limbs. Limbs and lungs are adaptations for

life on land; the limbs evolved from the ancestral fishes' lobed fins. The

scales and amniotic egg evolved by reptiles are further adaptations for

life on land and distinguish reptiles from amphibians.

They are very important to humans and also important to the

food chain. More than 73 amphibian species are known to have some

kind of medicinal values. The skin of frogs and toads has been used for

medicine by many cultures since ancient times. For example, in the

Korean culture during burning Japanese Tree frog (Hyla japonica) oil

was believed to heal wounds, whereas the Gold-spotted Pond

Frog (Rana plancyi chosenica) has been prescribed for fever, weakened

immune system and to cure infectious diseases from wild

animals. Each amphibian species has its own protective compounds

against predators and microorganisms. Compounds include amines,

alkaloids and peptides. They play as poisons, antibiotics and pain

relievers. Several hundred of amphibian antimicrobial peptides have

been isolated from amphibian species. Peptides may be active against a

broad spectrum of pathogens and have significant potential application

for our health and conservation of other species. For instance, the

peptide caerin 1.1 from Litoria caerulea inhibits growth of cancer cells,

viral infection of target cells, prevents growth of malaria parasite and

kills nematodes. Amongst the known alkaloids found in frogs, the

alkaloid epibatidine from the endangered Ecuadorian frog Epipedobates

tricolor is a potent non-addictive analgesic considered to be 100 to 200

times more effective than morphine.

In many countries, amphibians are still used in traditional

medicines often to meet primary health needs. More than 30 species of

amphibians have been recorded in traditional Chinese medicine alone.

Page 6: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

6

In Korea, a commercial medicine for athlete’s foot is made from toad

skin secretions. In Mexico, the endangered Axolotal Ambystoma

mexicanum is believed to provide remedies for respiratory aliments such

as bronchitis. Loosing more amphibian species (lost about 100 species

already!) would have terrible impacts on our current and future

applications for human health.

Amphibians are one of the main links in many ecosystem food

webs. Often unseen, they can be quite abundant in some habitats. In

temperate and tropical regions, amphibian can exceed all other

terrestrial vertebrates such as birds, mammals and reptiles.

Amphibians including their larvae are important predators of

invertebrates. Removal of amphibians from particular habitat can have

drastic consequence by increasing insect population. Through

metamorphosis, many species of frogs and salamanders are a link to

the transfer of nutrient from aquatic systems to terrestrial ones.

Therefore, removing amphibians from a particular habitat can

affect drastically algae communities, invertebrate population, predator

dynamics, leaf litter decomposition and nutrient cycling. Preserving

amphibian diversity is an important component for living in a healthy

environment.

Frogs and toads are one of the most important components of

ecosystem which are abundant in nature and help to maintain the

balance of nature like other amphibians. Man is a direct predator of

these animals in different parts of the globe, consume its meat and dry

it for food markets and use as experimental animals. Frog’s legs form

the staple food in some parts of the world. Not only in India, the export

of frog’s leg a major trade. Most of the toads secrete a poison which

acts as a harsh irritant to the mouths of predators. Its body secretion

Page 7: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

7

use to poison arrowhead. These animals also preyed by many

carnivorous fishes, reptiles, birds, mammals and thus form a major

nutritional source for them. It also acts as a predators of insects, pests

and destroy a large number of insects mainly mosquitoes. So the

numbers of amphibians are directly related to the control measures of

insects and pest by biological control and thus they keeping the insect

population in check and maintain a balance in nature.

Frogs and toads are also used in laboratories for dissection and

study purpose in biology subject. The larvae afford excellent materials

for the study of embryology and endocrinology. The health of frogs and

toads are closely linked to the health of environment and these animals

are early indicators of significant environmental changes that may

otherwise go undetected by humans. Thus they are considered for their

economic importance and having zoonotic importance too. They also

serve as intermediate, complementary or reservoir hosts for some of the

helminthes infecting domestic and wild animals.

Moreover a considerable amount of work has been done on the

seasonal occurrence and abundance of parasites in fishes, birds and

mammals but the helminth parasites of toads and frogs have not

received adequate attention as they are not considered to be of any

significant economic importance. Several species of frogs have been

examined for helminth parasites but there is no information on long

term parasite population changes. Keeping in view the economic values

to human survival, their variety along with the diversity of nematode

parasites and its importance from biodiversity point of view, this work

has been undertaken as an utmost necessity.

In last two decades a region wise and host wise systematic study

of nematode parasites was taken up in various places but the

Page 8: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

INTRODUCTION

8

biodiversity of macro parasitic infection mainly by nematode parasites

in anurans from Marathwada region is unexplored and the knowledge

in this concern is almost lacking. No record on the nematode infections

in these amphibians in the industrial areas surrounding the

Aurangabad region like Waluj, Ranjangaon, Shendra, and Chikalthana.

Prevalence of parasitic nematodes of toads and frogs of these localities

were compared among themselves which are climatically not so different

regions in Aurangabad. Since literature on nematode infections,

taxonomic importance and its diversity in frogs and toads in the study

areas are almost lacking, hence the present work is of considerable

importance.

Thus the taxonomic status, species richness, diversity and

knowledge of nematode parasites are augmented by undertaking the

current work. As there was no previous records of such work on

diversity of nematode parasites in Maharashtra especially in

Marathwada region.

Page 9: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 10: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

9

The nematodes are common parasites encountered more or less in

every vertebrate host. The study on amphibian nematodes in

Maharashtra, India and also from all over the world has been reviewed

time to time. It is true that quite a considerable work has been done on

the taxonomy and morphology of this group in everywhere except this

Marathwada region, Maharashtra state where the work on nematode

parasite in toads and frogs are meager. The study of amphibian

nematodes in India and neighbouring countries (South Asia: Bangladesh,

Sri Lanka, Myanmar, Nepal and Pakistan) are rather poor and scanty

than the other parts of the globe.

Oerley (1882) reported nematode parasites with a review of the

classification of the order in British Museum. Linstow (1904) worked on

nematodes from the Colombo Museum.

In 1915 Lane investigated Oxysoma falcatum Von Linst, 1906a and

described Falcaustra falcate. Railliet and Henry (1915a) discussed the

species of the genus Camallanus. An ecological study of the helminth

parasites of amphibians along with other hosts in Western

Massachusetts and vicinity were made by Rankin in 1945.

Skrjabin (1916) recorded the result of collection of nematodes from

the expedition of Dogiel and Skolow in British East Africa and Uganda.

Steiner described Aplectana Kraussei n.sp. in 1923 and in next year

(1924) recorded nematodes from alimentary tract of the Carolina Tree

frog (Hyla carolinensis Pennant) in Pacific Ocean.

Travassos (1917) established the genus Oswaldocruzia from Brazil

in South America. In 1918 he worked on family Kathlamidae Lane and

genus Falcaustra. In 1931 they worked on family Cosmocercidae. Their

contributions on nematodes of amphibian hosts were mentioned in 1919,

1920 and 1925. In 1923a they mentioned Oxuyoridea–Kathlanidae,

Oxyuroidea-Oxyuridae and Oxyuroidea-heterakidae. In 1926 they

described Rhabdias filleborni and in 1930 they discussed Rhabdias oidea

Page 11: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

10

Railliet, 1916. In 1932a they gave a note on genus Strongyloides and

mentioned nematode parasites from Portugal. In 1949 they discussed

nomenclature of family Cosmocercidae.

Baylis and Daubney (1923) gave report on parasitic nematodes

collected from Zoological Survey of India, Karve (1927) redescribed

Oxysomatium macintoshii and they (1930) worked on some parasitic

nematodes of frogs and toads and gave description on a small collection

of parasitic nematodes from Anura in 1944.

Bayis (1923) reported on a collection of parasitic nematodes

belongs to family Oxyuridae mainly from Egypt. In 1927 they recorded

two new species of genus Oxysomatium from Uluguru and Usambara

Mountains, Tanganyika. They (1936, 1939) also recorded the different

nematode parasites of frogs and toads in “Fauna of British India” Vol. I

and II. In 1951 they observed the viscera of certain British reptiles and

amphibian hosts in European country and described their findings of

certain larval and adult trematodes, cestodes along with nematode

parasites. In 1935a they reported the Spironoura brevispiculata from

India, two and four new species of nematodes from Ceylon and other

places respectively from amphibian hosts. Baylis and Daubney (1926)

jointly wrote a synopsis of the families and genera of nematoda.

Chapin in 1924 gave a note on Spironoura affine Leidy, 1856 and

mentioned it in the sixty–eighth meeting of proceedings of the

Helminthological Society of Washington and after two years Cobb (1926)

put a note on the species of the genus Rhabdias in the ninety-fifth

meeting of the same society. In 1924, Miranda worked on genus

Aplectana, Railliet and Henry, 1916b. Morishita (1926) studied on some

nematode parasites of frogs and toads in Japan, with notes on their

distribution and frequency.

Rhabdias sphaerocephala and R. ophidian were described by

Goodey (1924a) from the common British toad, Bufo vulgaris and

Page 12: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

11

Leopard snake (Coluber leopardinus) respectively. Revisionary work on

the family Atractidae Travassos, 1920 with description of new species

was done by Gallego in 1947. In Goldapiwo lake, Grabda (1956) reported

some nematode parasites from R. esculanta, R. temporaria and R.

terrestris. Taylor (1924) gave some note on the collection of nematodes

from Ceylon. Spironoura pretiosa from Western spotted frog Rana

pretiosa in yellow stone National Park Wyoming was described by Turner

(1958).

The treatise of nematode parasites of toads and frogs and other

vertebrates are available in the book ‘The Nematode Parasites of

Vertebrates’ by Yorke and Maplestone (1926). Sandground (1928)

reported on some new species and nematodes from Tanganyika Territory,

Central Africa. They also described two new parasitic nematodes from

West African Hairy frog in1933 and in 1934 and discussed on the validity

of various species of genus Onchocerca Diesing from Central America.

Walton (1928) performed the revisionary work of some nematodes

of the Leidy collection. Studies on some nematodes of North American

frogs were made by them in 1929. In the next year he described some

nematodes under the family Cryptobranchidae of North American

amphibians. Canavan (1929) recorded the nematode parasites of

vertebrates from the Philadelphia Zoological Garden and vicinity.

Chitwood (1933) gave a note on nematode systematics and

nomenclature. Semenow (1929) recorded Rhabdias microoris n. sp. from

amphibians. Schouten (1934) from Paraguay, South America reported

the Ancyclostoma sp. from B. marinus which differs from A. duodenale

and A. caninum. Gyrinicola batrachiensis (Walton, 1929) n. comb. under

oxyuroidea from tadpoles in Eastern and Central Canada, USA were

recorded by Adamson (1981).

Wilkie (1930) worked on some parasitic nematodes from Japanese

amphibia. In 1932 they reported Camallanus multiruga n. sp. from West

Page 13: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

12

African frog. “The Nematodes as a Parasites of Amphibia IV” illustrated

and described in details by them in 1933a. They discussed the

nematodes as parasites of Amphibia 1935 and 1938 respectively and in

1936 thye described larval form Foleyella americana Walton, 1929. In

1940a they further worked on genus Raillietnema Travassos, 1927 and

reported the nemtodes under this genus. They also gave notes on

Amphibian parasites in the same year and notes on some helminthes

from Californian amphibians in 1941.

Harwood described a new species of Oxysomatium with some

remarks on the genera Oxysomatium and Aplectana and also remarked

on some helminthes in amphibian and reptiles of Houston, Texas and

Vicinity, USA in 1930, 1931 and 1932 respectively. Maplestone (1932)

worked on genera Heterakis and Pseudoaspidodera in Indian hosts and

described the nematodes from these hosts.

Hsu and Hoeppli (1933) worked on some parasitic nematodes in

Amoi, China. The life history and morphology of Spiroxyus contortus

(Rudolphi) was observed by Hedrick in 1935. Li (1933) collected

nematodes from North China. Caballero (1933) described Oxysomatium

mexicanum from Batrachian in 1935 Rana montezumae and created the

new genus Ochoterenella for Filarioidea worm from B. marinus in 1944

from Mexico, North America. They also studied the helminthes of

amphibians from Guatemala, South America in 1949 and described

Spironoura guatemalan from Rana sp.

Lu (1934) worked on Rhabdias of amphibian hosts of Nanking,

China. Pessoa and Almeida (1934) reported the Foleyella vellardi;

Pflugfelder and Eilers (1959) recorded Filaria rubella Rudolphi from Rana

temporaria and Petriashvili (1964) recorded Ascarops strongylina,

Gnathostoma sp. and Agamospirura sp. from R. ridibunda from

Bazalestsk lake in Russia. In 1934 Siu Chin Lu redescribed certain

species of genus Rhabdias Stiles and Hassall 1905 and recorded one new

Page 14: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

13

species Rhabdias bicornis from lung of the common Asiatic toad, Bufo

bufo asiaticus in Nanking Japan.

Records of nematode parasites in different amphibians throughout

the world are available from Yamaguti (1935b, 1941b). Capillaria buccalis

n.sp. from Bufo vulgaris japonica in Kyoto, Japan was described by them

in 1943b. They mentioned its distinguishing characters from C. bufonis

and in the same year. They also further described Strongyluris bufonis n.

sp. from intestine of B. melanostictus in Formosa, Cosmocerca japonica

Yamaguti, 1938 from large intestine of Bufo vulbaris japonicus and Rana

temporaria ornativentris from Sintaka and Rhabdias montana as a new

sp. from lung of R. temporaria ornativentris (Werner) from Totinosawa

and Sintaka along with other nemtodes from vertebrates also reported

Rhabdias ornate n. sp. Mount ontake in 1954.

A revision of the classification of nematodes under superfamily

Filarioidea was made by Wehr (1935). In 1936, Mackin studied the

morphology and life history of Spironoua Minning and Ding (1951)

observed Icosiella neglecta in Rana esculenta. Annual differences in the

parasitic fauna of the grass frog, R. temporaria L. in Leningrad were

observed by Markov and Rogoza (1955). Ingles (1936) recorded Rhabdias

joaquinensis parasitizing the Rana aurora Baird and Girarad, 1852 in

California, USA.

Belyaeva et al., (1937) examined Rana ridibunda for the parasitic

worms in the neighbourhood of Tashkent, Uzbekistan. Ballesteros-

Marquez (1945) mentioned about revisionary work of the family

Cosmocercidae Travassos, 1925.

Olsen (1938) dscribed a new species Aplectana gigantica under the

family Cosmocercidae from Rana pretiosa. Two new nematodes of family

Dipetalonematidae were described from Rana sphenocephala by Wehr

and Causey (1939). The morphology and life history of Foleyella duboisi

with remarks on allied filariids of amphibians were described by

Page 15: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

14

Witenberg and Gerichter in 1944. Tree frogs, toads and other vertebrates

were recorded for some collected nematode parasites in Bermuda Island

by Williams in 1959.

Chow (1940) gave a note on a new nematode O. peipingensis from

toad in China. Certain new and already known nematodes of amphibians

and reptiles were mentioned by Reiber et al., (1940).

Yamaguti and Mitunga (1943) described the intestinal helminthes

from B. melanostictus in Formosa.

Some nematodes from Australian frogs were studied by Johnston

and Simpson in 1943. Johnston and Mawson (1941) recorded some

parasitic nematodes from the Australian Museum and in 1944 remarked

on some parasitic nematodes from Australia and New Zealand. Icosiella

popuensis n. sp. and Ochoterenella papuensis were recorded by Jhonston

in1967 from a new Guinea frog Cornufer papuensis.

Chakravarty (1944) described Meteterakis mabuyi and Falcaustra

falcata Lane, 1915 from Mabuyae carinata Schneider and Euphlyctis

hexadactyla (Lesson, 1834) Dubois, 1992) {=Rana hexadactyla Lesson,

1834} from intestine respectively from Calcutta. Chopra et al. (1988)

described and illustrated the Schulzia melanostictusi from Bufo

melanostictus and compared with S. subventricosa from Garhwal

Himalaya, India.

In La Plata, Argentina Gutierrez (1945) described Oxysomatium

bonariensis, Borrello strongylus platensis with the genus Amphibiophilus,

Oswaldocruzia, Schulzia and compared R. elegans with R. fuelleborni.

Kung (1948) mentioned some new species of the Spirurids and gave

notes on the genus Physaloptera with its species and other nematodes.

From Pehpei Szechwan, China Kung and Wu (1945) recorded some

parasitic nematodes of amphibians.

Ivanitski (1949) described the nematode fauna along with other

helminthes from vertebrates in Ukraine, Europe. Revision of the genus

Page 16: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

15

Meteterakis Karve, 1930 was performed by Inglis in 1958 and

classification of the nematode belongs to superfamily Heterakoidea was

also done by him in 1967 along with other works related to host and

nematode parasites. He also observed the nematode parasites in Western

Australian frogs in 1968. Neosomatiana akrami and Parasomatium

ishaqui are two new species of nematodes were described by Islam and

Farooq in 1979.

Dubinina (1950) recorded Contracaecum longicaudatum, larvae of

Gnathostoma hispidum, Cosmocerca ornate and O. filiformis from R.

ridibunda Pall in Volga delta.

Durette- Desset and Batcharov (1974) described two nematode

parasites of amphibians from Togo, West Africa.

Skarbilovich (1950) described Rhabdias microoris, Spinicauda

mathevossianae n. sp., Cosmocerca limofejevoi n. sp., Gorgodera

amplicava var. asiatica n. var. from Rana sp. and Bufo species obtained

from Southern Kirghizia, Russia.

Sudarikov (1951) collected and studied the helminth fauna of

vertebrates from Central Povolzh. From Venezuela in South America

Scorza et al., (1955) reported Ochoterenella digticauda, Foleyella sp.,

Filaria sp. and Microfilaria of Foleyella sp. Bouchard (1951) examined the

viscera of some amphibian hosts and described Glypthelminthus quieta

from B. americanus, Rana palustris and R. septentrionalis from the

vicinity of Presque Isle Aroostook Marine, USA from Mexico. Barus and

Groschaft (1962) found Megalobatrachonema terdenatum (Linstow, 1890)

Hartwich, 1960 which belongs to subulascarididae in Czechoslovakia.

Read and Amreine recorded some new Oxyurid nematodes from

southern California and worked on North American nematodes of the

genus Pharyngodon Diesing (Oxyuridae) in 1952 and 1953 respectively.

Rasheed (1965) described some parasitic nematodes from amphibians in

Page 17: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

16

Cameroon, West Africa. These are Oxysomatium minutum n. sp. from

Rana mascareniensis, Amplicaecum perteri n. sp. and Africana sp. from

Bufo supercilioris and Contracaecum sp.from Rana mascarniensis along

with other nematodes from other reptiles.

Rao and Singh (1954, 1968) reported Strongyloides bufonis n.sp.

from Bufo melanostictus in Hyderabad. From the same place Rao and

Krishna also studied the helminths infection on Rana tigrina, R.

cyanophlyctis and Bufo melanostictus.

Alwar and Lalitha (1954) described Falcaustra brevispiculata from

the intestine of unidentified frog from Chennai, Tamil Nadu.

Enste (1954) recorded Icosiella neglecta from Rana esculanta from

Giessen area in Germany. Redescription of Ochoterenella digticauda

Caballerro, 1944 from Bufo marinus with a redescription of the genus

Ochoterenella Caballero, 1944 and redescription of Foleyellides striatus

(Ochoterena and Caballero, 1932) from a Mexican frog, Rana

montezumae with rein statement of the genus Foleyellides Caballero,

1935 from Mexico, North America was given by Esslinger in 1986b. In

the next year he described Ochoterenella caballeroi from Mexico and

Costa Rica and O. nanolarvata from Mexico and Guatemala from B.

marinus. At the same time he showed O. caballeroi closely resemblance

with O. royi and O. qumari and redescribed Ochoterenella digticauda from

B. marinus with a redescription of the genus Ochoterenella. In 1988a,

from Chipas, Mexico and Guatemala, they recorded Ochoterenella

figueroai and O. lamothei as two new species from B. marinus. In 1989

from Pacific lowlands of Colombia they recorded Ochoterenella complicate

in B. marinus. Ebid et al., (1993) recorded Aplectana travassosi,

Cosmocerca ornate and Neoxysomatium contortum from Egyptian toad B.

regularis.

Khera (1954) reported nematode parasites of some Indian

Vertebrates from Zoo at Lucknow in U.P. and Cosmocercoides

Page 18: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

17

multipapillata n.sp. from Jeolikote, Nainital in 1958. A new species of

genus Camallanus from Rana tigrina was described by Johnston (1969).

Kreis (1932) studied the genus Strongyloides. In 1939, Koo redescribed

R. bufonis, O. hoepplii Hsu, 1935; Oxysomatium macintoshii (Stewart,

1914) and reported Oswaldocruzia n.sp. and Spironoura pectinospiculata

n. sp. from a common toad B. melanostictus in Canton (kwangchow),

China.

In 1955 Odening mentioned some nematodes from R. esculanta

from Central Germany. In 1956 they reported some helminth parasites

from R. esculanta and R. temporaria from Deutschlands in Europe. In

1957 he also recorded the nemtodes from R. esculenta from Eastern

Thuringia in Germany.

From Brazil Freitas et al., (1957) recorded Subulascaris

falcaustriformis n. gen. n. sp. from Rana palmipes under family

Subulascarididae. In 1962 they described Thelandros spectatus from B.

spinulosus limensis from Mochal, Peru similar to T. oswalsdocruzi. In

1965, they also reported Raillietanema gubernaculatum and proposed

the Batracholandros distinguished from Parapharyngodon and B.

spectatus from B. spinulosus limensis in Peru.

Chabaud and Brygoo (1958b) studied the Aplectana sp. from Rana

(Ptychadena) mascareniensis in Madagascar, Indian Ocean. Same

authors in same year studied the morphology and the life history of

Aplectana courdureieri, a parasite of Rana (Ptychadena) mascareniensis

in Tananarine, Madagascar, Indian Ocean. Chabaud et. al., (1961)

observed the Rhabdias madagascariensis as a new species from Rana

mascareniensis in Madagascar, Indian Ocean along with R. gamellipara

from other vertebrate host. Chabaud (1965) considered the genus

Velariocephalus, under a new subfamily Velariocephalinae as a synonym

of Falcaustra Lane, 1915.

Page 19: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

18

Singh (1958) described Velariocephalus trilokiae gen et sp. nov

from an Indian frog Rana cyanophlyctis and showed its resembles with

Nematoxynema piscicola and also mentioned about a new sub family

Velariocephalinae (Cosmocercidae). In 1970 they also gave description on

Oxysomatium macintoshii sp. nov. from Rana tigrina from Kirtipur, Nepal.

Fotedar recorded Cosmocerca kashmirensis n. sp. in 1959 and

Oxysomatium srinagarensis n.sp. in 1960, Rhabdias bufonis (Schrank,

1788) Stiles and Hassall, 1905 from the lungs in 1965; Oswaldocruzia

kashmirensis n.sp. in 1971, all from Bufo viridis, Cosmocerca crenshawi

n. sp. from Bufo latashii in 1973 and Oswaldocruzia kashmirensis n.sp.

from Bufo viridis from Srinagar, Kashmir.

Kolendo (1959) reported R. bufonis, O. goezei, Cosmocerca ornate

and Oxysomatium schneideri from B. viridis from Lubin area in Poland.

Intestinal helminthes in B. viridis and the seasonal dynamics in their

development in Kyzylorda region were described by Korai in 1961.

Gupta (1959a) from Dacca reported Amplicaecum ranae n. sp.

from Rana tigrina and showed its close resemblance with A. cacopi from

R. cancrivora in the East Pakistan. They also recorded Camallanus

thapari, C. nodulosus, C. nigrescens, C. baylisi, C. ranae and C.

multilincatus from Rana cyanophlyctis in the same year. They (1960a)

described Oswaldocruzia melanosticti n.sp., Thelandros sp. and

Amplicaecum cacopi from R. tigrina, R. cyanophlyctis and Bufo

melanostictus from the East Pakistan and in (1960b) described Aplectana

aguburnaculum n.sp. from R. tigrina, A. aseatica n. sp. from R. tigrina

and B. melanostictus from the same locality.

Hayashi (1960) recorded Icosiella sasai and redescribed Icosiella

kobayashii (Kobayasii) Yamaguti, 1941a from Rana limnocharis in

Amami-Oshima Island, Kagoshima prefecture, Japan. Description of the

male and redescription of the female Pharyngodon armatus Walton,

1933b from tadpoles of R. clamitans melanota in Ohio, USA were given by

Page 20: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

19

Holoman (1969). Parasitization of the toad B. viridis by nematodes was

given by Hristovski in1969, from Bitola area Yagoslavia. They described

Icosiella neglecta in R. ridibunda and R. temporaria in 1971 and also

recorded Cosmocerca ornate, Neoxysomatium brevicaudatum, O. filiformis,

Chabaudgolvania terdentatum and C. terdentatum from Rana graeca in

1975 in Bitola district of Macedonia-Yugoslavia. The helminths of R.

ridibunda also mentioned in 1977 in the same place.

Lees (1962) recorded the R. bufonis, Cosmocerca ornate, O.

filiformis and Aplectana acuminate from R. temporaria from Southeast of

Huddersfield, England. From Upemba National Park Le Van Hoa (1962)

described Aplactana vercammeni n. sp., A. praeputiale and Orneoascaria

chrysanthemoides from Bufo sp. Also other mammalian and reptilian

hosts were recorded for other nematodes. The comments on taxonomic

relationship of two genera Gendria Baylis, 1930 and Cucullanus Mueller,

1977 and the description of Gendria rauchi as a new species from R.

tigrina and its dissimilarities from G. leberrei were given by Le Van Hoa

and Pha, Ngoc Khue in 1970 from South Viet Nam and they also reported

G. rauchi n.sp. 1971 from the same place.

Little (1962) written the comparative morphology of six previously

described and seven new sp. of Strongyloides nematodes. They (1966)

also described seven new species of Strongyloides among them S. physali

n. sp. from B. valicepes from Louisiana. Seasonal occurrence of Rhabdias

fuelleborni, Aplectana sp. and Abbreviata sp. of the giant toad B. marinus

in Bermuda.

Yuen (1962) recorded new sp. Icosiella seurat from Bufo asper (type

host) and Rana cancrivora from Malaya. They also recorded O. hoepplei

from this area B. melanostictus in 1963b. Further they made some

Rhabdisoid and Cosmocercoid nematodes from Malayan amphibians in

1965a amongst them are Rhabdias multiproles n. sp. from Rana

cancrivora, Oxysomatium macintoshii from B. melanostictus, O.

Page 21: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

20

brevispiculum n. sp. A new bursate nematode Batrachonema

synaptospicula n. g. n. sp. from a Malayan frog, Rana sp. was also

described by him in Malacca in 1965b. Research on Rhabdias bufonis, O.

filiformis, Cosmocerca commutate, Cosmocercoides sp., Neoxysomatium

brevicaudatum of B. viridis Laurenti, 1768a completed by Yildirimhan

(1993) in Basra, West Asia and Buyukdolluk marsh, Edirne, Turkey,

Asia. An investigation of nematodes of tail less frogs were also made by

Yildirimhan et al., (1996) in Basra, Turkey and recorded R. bufonis from

B. bufo and Neoxysomatium brevicaudatum from B. bufo and Pelobates

syriacus. In 1997 another investigation were made by them.

In 1963 Biswas and Chakravarty studied the systematics of the

zooparasitic Oxyuroid nematodes. The nematodes obtained from

amphibian hosts are as Neoprotozoophaga bufonis n.sp, Heterakis

bufonis n.sp. from Africana bufonis n.sp. and Oxysomatium anurae n.sp.

from Rana tigrina, O. stomatica n.sp. from B. stomaticus and A. varani

from Rana hexadactyla from Calcutta.

The records of nematodes from other places of India are also not so

rich. Anderson (1964) published the paper on the findings of his

collection made from Rana catesbeiana from Ontario Canada and

described Oxysomatium inglisi n.sp. and comments on its similarities

with O. giganticum.

Bachvarov (1965) published their paper on helminth fauna from

Rana ridibunda, R. dalmatina and Bufo viridis from the Kurdazhali area

of Bulgaria, South East Europe.

Majumdar (1965) recorded the occurrence of Africana bufonis

(Heterakidae) in Bufo melanostictus.

High incidence of two parasitic infestations and two morphological

abnormalities in a population of frog, R. palustris Le Cont, was calculated

and illustrated by Murphy (1965) in Rhine pond North Carolina.

Page 22: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

21

Chen (1966) recorded the Rana angolensis and described his

findings as an Aplectana chamaeleonsis from R. angolensis in Ethiopia,

North Eastern Africa.

Sahay (1966) described a new species of Camallanus Railliet and

Henry, 1915a from Rana cyanophlyctis from Bihar.

Sahay and Nath (1966) recorded the Oxysomatium macintoshii

from Rana tigrina from Ranchi. An unusual record of Guinea worm,

Ichthyonema cylendraceum from B. melanostictus was done by Sharma in

1957 from Assam.

Agrawal (1967) described some new nematodes from fishes,

amphibians and reptiles, Camallanus inglisi n.sp. and C. bufonis n.sp.

from Rana tigrina and Bufo Sp. respectively from Lucknow. In the same

year Ali and Farooqui (1969) collected some Physaloptera tigrinae n.sp.

from stomach of Rana tigrina from Aurangabad, Maharashtra. Aidetene

and Usinene (1993) studied the parasitic fauna of Rana temporaria and

recorded Neoraillietnema praeputiale from Lithuania, Europe.

Gomes (1967) proposed Aplectana deblocki (n.comb) for

Raillietnema deblocki and mentioned the Bufo ictericus as a new host

record for R. gubernaculums from Brazil.

Subulascaris cyanophlyctis n. sp. was recorded as a second species

of the nematode genus Subulascaris from Rana cyanophlyctis from

Maharashtra by Deshmukh (1968) and differentiated from S.

falcaustriformis and again they (1969) redescribed Camallanus ranae

Khera, 1954 from Rana cyanophlyctis.

Seasonal dynamics of helminth fauna of R. temporaria was studied

by Kozak in 1968 in Eastern Slovakia (Czechoslovakia) and reported

Cosmocerca Puchlchemima in B. viridis from Carpathia in 1973. Further

they also mentioned about the nematode fauna from lowland regions of

the river Tisa, Czechoslovakia in 1971, the Aplectana itzocanensis and

Oswaldocruzia iwanitzkyi from B. viridis, A. kutassi from Bufo viridis and

Page 23: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

22

B. bufo; A. stromi from B. bufo and R. esculenta, R. arvalis and R.

temporaria and from other vertebrate hosts not only that male of A.

stromi is described for the first time.

Bain and Philippon (1969) described the Gendria leberrei n.sp.

which is similar to G. litapiae from the intestine of B. regularis from

Upper Volta. Crans (1969) in new Jersey recorded Foleyella sp.

resembling F. brachyoptera. Christian (1970) described spinitectus

nematode from Rana catesbeiana in United States. Combes and Sarrouy

(1971) recorded Cosmocerca ornata from R. ridibunda Perezi from Soria,

Spain.

Plasota (1969) observed the effect of some ecological factors on the

parasite fauna of R. esculenta (in aquatic environment) and R. terrestris

(terrestrial environment) in Polland. From Guanabara state in Brazil

Pinto et al., (1971) recorded Cosmocerca ranaes from Bufo crucifer, a new

host record. Schmidt and Kuntz (1969) from Philippines reported

Foleyella confusa n. sp. from Rana limnocharis viltigera and showed its

similarities with F. duboisi and Icosiella hoogstraali n.sp. from R.

macrodon.

Gestsevichyute (1970) mentioned parasitic fauna from R.

temporaria and R. ridibunda in shores of the kursk Zaliv Lithuanian

(SSR). Along with other helminthes nematodes were recovered in R.

temporaria in the Lithuanian, SSR by Gaizhauskene and Gestevichyute

(1982). Bozhkov and Stoikova (1970) studied the helminth fauna of Rana

graeca in Bulgaria and reported Cosmocerca ornata, Cosmocerca sp.,

Neoxysomatium brevicaudatum, Neoraillietnema praeputiale and O.

filiformis from R. graeca.

Myers and Kuntz (1970) reported the nematodes parasites of

amphibians collected from Taiwan (Formosa). Aplectana pudenda family

Cosmocercinae along with other helminth collected from amphibians in

Paraguay by Masi-Pallares and Maciel in 1974.

Page 24: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

23

Combes et. al., (1971) described variations in the helminth

populations of Rana temporaria L. from East Pyrenus, France. Crusz and

Ching (1975) recorded helminths from amphibians and reptiles with a

new host record from Ceylon.

Lank (1971) reported some parasites of Rana ridibunda in India.

The occurrence of Tanqua anomata of Gnathostomatida from Rana

tigrina was reported by Nama (1973). They recorded the Gendria

chauhani n.sp. closely related to G. ranarum from Rana cyanophlyctis

from Jodhpur, Rajasthan in 1975. In 1976 he also described the

Camallanus alate n.sp. from Rana tigrina.

Guerrero (1971) described Cruzia empera from B. marinus in

Federal district of Venezuela. Hristovski and Riggio (1971) recorded

nematodes from Bufo bufo and B. viridis from Yugoslavia and Sicily.

Hristovski and Lees (1973) described and compared the helminth fauna

of Rana temporaria in relation to that of Europe.

Fabio (1971) described Neyraplectana delirae a new sp. from B.

crucifer from Solidao Dam, Tijuca Forest Rio de Janeiro, Brazil which

resembles N. meridonalis and N. travassosi. Fusco et. al., (1979) reported

Batrachonema sp. from R. macrodon Dumeril and Bibron in Burong

River, Tg. Karang, Malaysia.

Oliveira and Rodrigues (1971) from Barra do pirai, Rio de Janeiro

state in Brazil, reported a new genus and species Paraoxysomatium

travassosi of subfamily Oxyascaridinae Freitas, 1958 from Bufo marinus

ectericus which differs from Oxyascaris, Pteroxyascaris and

Freitasoxyascaris. The information of Aplectana varelai n.sp. from R.

esculenta and Rhabdias bufonis with Cosmocerca ornata from Rana

bufonis from Coimbra, Portugal was given by Oliveira et. al., (1972). The

description of male Pseudoric tularia disparilis (Smith, 1922) from Rana

daemeli along with other hosts in EI Arish in Egypt, Port Douglas and

Cooktown and from Queensland in Northen Australia was recorded by

Page 25: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

24

Owen and Moorhouse in 1980. Spontaneous infection of larval form of

Gnathostoma nipponicum in toads Rana nigromaculata and Rana

catesbeiana and their tadpoles in endemic area in Aomori prefecture,

Japan were reported by Oyamada et al., in 1998.

From Yugoslavia Rozman (1971) recorded the Cosmocerca ornata,

Icosiella neglecta, O. goezei from Rana esculenta. Contributions on the

Rhabdias elegans and Aplectana pudenda from toad B. arenarum from

Salta Province, Argentina were made by Ramirez et. al., (1979). The

record of the Microtetrameres sp. larvae encysted in the stomach wall of

B. viridis in Ireq reported first time by Rahemo and Ami (1995).

Soota (1971) reported the Gendria ranarum from Rana sp.

Spironoura brevispiculata from R. hexadactyla. Stikova (1971) worked on

R. temporaria and described nematode parasites along with other

helminthes from it in Bulgaria. Helminthes of toads (Bufonidae) from

some parts of Balkan Peninsula were studied by Soti and Hristovski

(1974).

Soota and Chaturvedi (1971a) and 1972b) described Meteterakis

andamanensis from Andaman and Nicobar Islands along with other

nematode parasites of vertebrates which most closely resembles to M.

govindi and M. japonica. Hollis (1972) recorded the nematode parasites of

certain anurae. From Costa Rica B. marinus marinus were also

mentioned for its different nematodes; Oswaldocruzia subauricularis,

Oxysomatium itzocanensis, Rhabdias sphaerocephala and Ochoterenella

digticauda by Brenes and Hollis (1959).

Hartwich in 1972 reported R. bufonis Sensu lato and R. bufonis

Sensu stricto from anurans, R. dossei n. sp.from B. bufo and R. microoris

synonymised with R. bufonis in central Europe. They also reported the

parasitic nematodes of vertebrates of Rhabditida and Ascaridida group in

1975.

Page 26: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

25

Hollis (1972) also provided a survey report of parasites of bullfrog,

R. catesbiana Shaw, in central East Texas, Southwestern USA.

Barus et. al., (1972) surveyed nematodes from amphibians,

reptiles, birds and mammals captured in Afghanistan. In 1962-67 two

new species and one new subspecies are described, among them

Spironoura afghana from Rana sternosignata and Batrachuperus

mustersi and other new species and new subspecies from another

vertebrates.

Schmidt and Enigk (1972) observed Bufo bufo in Hanover,

Germany and reported severe infection by R. bufonis, O. auricularis and

Aplactana acuminata. Helmintrhs of Rana ridibunda in the Gorkiy region

was recorded by Shaldybin in USSR in 1973. The parasite fauna of R.

ridibunda in the biocoenosis of the Pechenezhskii reservoir of northern

Dronet (USSR) and its variation in different year was studied by

Shevchenko and Vasilevskaya in 1975a.

In 1973 Schacher and Crans reported the Foleyella flexicauda sp.

n. from R. catesbeiana from New Jersey, USA with the review of the

genus and erection of two new subgenera. The nematodes, Rhabdias

elegans and Aplectana pudenda of Bufo arenarum in the Salta Province of

Argentina reported by Sueldo and Ramirez in 1976. ‘

Babero and Golling (1973) studied on some helminth parasites

obtained from Nevada bullfrogs and Rana Cartesian. Barus (1973)

examined 41 specimens of the genus Bufo in Cuba, West Indies of which

31 were infected with a total of 8 species of nematodes, Rhabdias

elegans, Oswaldocruzia lenteixeirai, Abreviata barracuda, Porrocaecum,

Dudekemia cubana, Aplectana hamatospicula, Neyraplectana sp. and

Parapharyngodon bassi.

Nama and Khichi (1973) found out a new nematode parasite from

the Rana cyanophlyctis Schneider along with other helminths. Nama and

Jain (1974) described a species of genus Camallanus from Rana tigrina.

Page 27: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

26

Pujatti (1952) described Camallanides prashadi from Rana cyanophlyctis

in Southern India.

Bashirullah and Khan (1974) described Zeylanema meijibia from R.

cyanophlyctis Schneider from Dhaka, Bangladesh. Bain and Prod’han

(1974) described the Waltonema guyanensis from Bufo marinus from

Maripassoula, French Guiana, South America.

In 1974 Caballaero Deloya studied the helminth fauna from the

wild animals in Veracruz Mexico, North America and described Neocruzia

morleyi, Oxysomatium itzocanensis and Rhabdias sphaerocephala from

Bufo horribilis. Chabaud and Rouget (1955) collected Cosmocerca

banyulensis, Icosiella neglecta, Rhabdias bufonis, Cosmocerca ornate,

Porrocaecum nuimidicum n. comb with P. numidicum from the rectum of

Rana ridibunda in Banyuls region.

Tantalean and Naupay (1974) recorded Parabatrachostrongylus

lumbrerasi n. gen et n. sp. from Bufo spinulosus arequipensis from

Arequipa, Peru which differs from Parachostrongylus. Thomas et al.,

(1984) observed certain helminthes in Texas, USA from undangered

Houston toad, B. houstonensis Sanders, 1953.

Singh and Rao recorded Rhabdiasoid nematode Shorttia shortii

infesting lungs of Rana cyanophylyctis in 1975 and Shorttia thapari n.sp.

from B. melanostictus in Banglore in 1977. Parasitic nematode affecting

fish and toad, B. melanostictus in Ranchi district in Jharkhand was

recorded by Sen in 1965.

Sobolova (1975) also worked with the same host and recorded

Rhabdias bufonis, O. goezei various filarid worm and O. ranae from R.

temporaria from Kazakhestan.

Soota (1975) described Cosmocercoides dukae (Holl, 1928)

Travassos, 1931 from Himalayan toad, Bufo himalayanus and from

Pelobatid toad (Megophrys sp.) in Karsiyand and Manibhanjan,

Darjeeling District.

Page 28: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

27

B’ Chvarov et. al. (1975) examined the helminth fauna of Rana

dalmatina, R. ridibunda and R. graeca from Plovdiv region in Bulgaria. In

1976b they published their work on the helminth fauna of Ecaudate

amphibians (Anura Ecaudata) in the Central zone of Northern Bulgaria,

South East Europe in one paper. B’-Chvarov worked on heliminth fauna

of Rana escullanta in 1973 and of Rana temporaria in 1977.

Naidu (1975) reported Spironoura brevispiculata Baylis, 1935a from

Rana hexadactyla in A.P. They (1983) recorded some nematodes

Aplectana macintoshii, Spiroxys Sp. and Camallanus baylisi, Physaloptera

sp and Physalopteroides sp. from the host Rana tigrina, R. cyanophlyctis

and Rhacophorus maculates respectively at Nagpur. Also in 2002 Dhoot

et al., studied the prevalence of parasitism in wild animals and birds of

Maharajbag Zoo, Nagpur, Maharashtra.

The first discovery of nematodes of the genus Strongyloides Grassi,

1879 in Rana esculenta in Southern Slovakia, Europe was described by

Vojtkova and Moravec in 1976. Larval forms of nematodes of Acuariidae

were recorded from R. ridibunda along with other reptiles in North and

West Turkmenia, USSR by Velikanav in 1984. Preliminary observations

on several changes in prevalence and intensity of Cosmocercoides

variabilis in B. americanus in Ontario, Canada were shown by

Vanderburg and Anderson (1987). The effect on ecology of green toads, B.

viridis on distribution of Rhabdias bufonis, Oswaldocruzia, Cosmocerca

and Foleyella duboisi was studied by Vashetko and Siddikov (1999) in

Uzbekistan, Tashket and Afganistan.

Gushchina and Nikolaeva (1976) from Belourssian, SSR recorded

helminth fauna of R. temporaria. Komb (Combes) and Chavarov (1976)

mentioned their contribution to the helminth fauna of B. bufo in Suthern

France. Nematode species along with larvae were found in R.

macrocnemis from the Northern slopes of Central Caucasus were

Page 29: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

28

recorded by Kalabekov (1973). They (1978) also observed the prevalence

of helminthes in Rana macrocnemis Boul in USSR.

Naupay (1976) worked on nematode parasites of B. spinulosus

trifolium in Peru. Nasher (1979) recorded nematodes of Bufo orientalis

and Hyla arborea in Southwest Saudi Arabia, Asia.

Braus and Tenora (1976) described Cosmocerca sp. from Bufo

viridis from Afghanistan. Bowers and Hazen (1976) studied the

population biology of various parasites from ranid frogs in New

Louisiana, USA.

Redescription of Oswaldocruzia pipiens Walton, 1929 from

amphibians of Eastern North America was given by Baker in 1976. In

1978 they described the 3rd and 4th larval stages of Cosmocercoides

dukae from viscera of B. americanus. In the same year they also

described one new species and some known species of nematodes from

amphibians as Rhabdias americanus, R. ranae, R. fuscovenosa and R.

eustreptos. The seasonal population changes in R. ranae from Rana

sylvatica was also studied by them in 1979b and all these contributions

were from Guelph, Ontario, Canada, USA. They published two papers; in

one paper they revised the genus Oxysomatium and in other they

described the Bufo nerakis andersoni n.g., n. sp. (Heterakoidea,

Meteterakinae) from Bufo arenarum from Argentina, South America in

1980b. Three species of Oswaldocruzia from amphibia was reported by

them in 1981a and described the findings as Oswaldocruzia hoepplii,

reported for the first time in Bufo regularis from Gabon, America; O.

ukrainae from B. viridis of Tunisia, Africa and O. filiformis from Hyla

meridionalis (new record) of the Canary Islands, Atlantic Ocean. Besides

these other species O. indica, O.heparia and O. melanosticti are also

recorded. They studied the systematic relationship of the families,

Atractidae and Cosmocercidae and also described two new atractids

parasitic in amphibians and fish at Exu, Pernambuco, Brazil and

Page 30: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

29

recorded the Raillietnema spectans from Bufo paracnemis in 1982, and

recorded Batrachonema synaptospicula from Rana macrodon along with

other parasites from Malaysia, in 1983.

In 1984 they described the species of Cosmocerca parva from Hyla

fuscovaria and Bufo paracnemis and Leptodactylus sp. and Cosmocerca

ornate (first reported from new world frogs) and other Cosmocerca sp.

from other species of Leptodactylus from Paraguay, South America. In

1985a, they redescribed Aplectana itzocanensis from Bufo woodhousei

from B. marinus from Southern Mexico, Costa Rica in Central America

and long Beach, California, USA and A. incerta from Horribills of

Southern Mexico. In the same year they also redescribed two species

from the family Oxyascaridinae from Paraguayan frogs. They collected

Bufo paracnemis recorded for Oxyascaridinae oxyascaris and

Pteroxyascaris caudacutus from Hyla fuscovaria. In 1986a they recorded

Falcaustra sp. from Southern Ontario, Canada among them amphibian

parasites are F. inglis from R. catesbeiana and R. clamitans (new host

record) of Algonquin Park, F. catesbeianae from R. catesbeiana of Hong

point, Ontario. Again in the same year they described Aplectana sp. from

Paraguay, A. vellardi and A. pudenda from Brazil, South America in Bufo

marinus and B. paracnemis respectively.

Dyer and Altig (1977) recorded the helminthes from some

Ecaudorian anurans.Durette-Desset and Chabaud (1977 & 1981) worked

on classification of nematodes Trichostrongyloidea.

Chaudhari and Deshmukh (1977) mentioned a new species

Subulascaris freitasi in Rana tigrina from Ambajogai, Maharashtra and

differentiated from S. falcaustiformis and S. cyanophlyctis. The

comparative incidence of S. freitasi and Camallanus ranae (Khera, 1954)

in Rana tigrina was also done by Kulkarni et al., (1990).

Page 31: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

30

In 1978 Arya and Johnson described the Gendria jodhpurensis

from Rana cyanophlyctis from Jodhpur, Rajasthan. Arya (1979) collected

Cosmocercoides nainitalensis n.sp. from Rana cyanophlyctis from

Nainital, (U.P). They also (1980) described a new nematode Subulascaris

ranae n.sp. from the same host and same place. In 1984 they published

their paper on the finding of their collection made from Rana

cyanophlyctis from Jodhpur, Rajasthan and described it as Camallanus

vlastimili n.sp. A new trichostrongylid nematode Poekilostrongylus

schmidti sp. nov. from the same host was also recovered by him in 1987

from the same place. They also reported Camallanus jodhpurensis sp.

Nov. and C. indicus sp.nov. and C. mujibia n. comb and Zeylanema

mujibia from the same host in 1988. Again in 1992 two new species

Cosmocercoides fotedari and Cosmocercoides kumaoni n.sp. from the

same place was recorded by him from the same host.

Ashtan and Rabalais (1978) studied the helminth parasites of some

anurans of North Western Ohio, USA. Ataur-Rahim (1982) described

Waltonella duboisi from marsh frog (Rana ridibunda) in Riyadh, Saudi,

Arabia. Babaev and Annakulieva (1978) observed the helminth infections

in Bufo viridis and R. ridibunda its dependence upon the habitat and

season in Turkmen, SSR.

Jilek and Wolf (1978) reported of Spinitectus gracilis Ward and

Magath, 1916 in the toad B. woodhousii fowleri in Illinois, USA and

Strongyloides spiralis n. sp. in R. esculenta most in Poland. Study on the

population of Cosmocercoides variabilis in eastern American toad, B.

americanus americanus from western West Virginia, USA was done by

Joy and Bunten in1997. In 2000 Jackson recorded two new species of

Falcaustra.

Rahaman and Khan (1978) also worked on the nematodes from

Bangladesh. The nematode species Glypthelminus quieta, Mesocoelium

monas, Distoichometra quieta, Mesocoelium monas, Distoichometra

Page 32: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

31

bufonis, Aplectana sp., O.venezuelensis and Rhabdias fuelleborni from

three areas Trinidad (Mt.Hope and St. Joseph in north and Debe in the

south) from B. marinus recorded by Ragoo and Omah-Maharaj (2003).

These six helminth species represent new geographical records for

Trinidad and B. marinus appears to be a new host record for G. quieta

and D. bufonis.

Rao (1978) worked on nematode parasites of amphibian hosts and

in 1979 reported four new species, Paracosmocerca spinocerca n.sp. from

B. melanostictus, Cosmocerca macrogubernaculum n.sp. from Rana

cyanophlyctis, Cosmocercoides barodensis n.sp. from B. melanostictus

from Banglore and Gardwal respectively. In 1980 they described

Pharyngodon bursatus n.sp. from the rectum of Rana cyanophlyctis from

Hyderabad. They (1989a) recorded Gendria fotedari sp. nov from Rana

cyanophlyctis Stewartia macintoshii and S. chaudi from Rana tigrina and

B. melanostictus respectively from Hyderabad and Baroda.

In 1978 Rao recorded Narsingiella narsingi n. gen and n. sp. of

Aspidoderid nematode from Bufo viridis found in Berhampur. In 1980

they described new species of the genus Pharyngodon Diesing, 1861

Pharyngodon schistopapillatus n.sp. from rectum of Bufo viridis in

Berhampur. They (1989a) also recorded two new species of the genus

Pharyngodon, P. schitopapillatus from rectum of toad and P. bursatus

from intestine of Rana cyanophlyctis from Berhampur. Studies on the

anuran blood parasites of sub Himalayan toad, Bufo himalayanus was

carried out by them in 1992 in Darjeeling district West Bengal.

Wang et al., (1978) described Neyraplettana ranae n. sp. from R.

spinosa and R. guentheri, Angusticaecum ranae n.sp. from R. limnorcharis

from Fujian, Hanan, Guangxi Provinces and Fuzhou in South China. In

1981, they further gave notes on five new species, Cosmocercoides ranae

n.sp. from Rana spinosa, which differs from C. dukae, Angusticaecum

wuyiensis n. sp. from R. achmackeri in Wuyi, Fujian Province, China.

Page 33: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

32

Grabda-Kazubska (1978) recorded Strongyloides spiralis, a parasite

of R. esculenta in Poland. The identity of Neyraplectana schneideri

(Travassos, 1931) in Bufo bufo, R. temporaria, R. arvalis, R. esculenta and

Neoraillietnema praeputiale (Skrjabin, 1916) Semenow, 1929 in African

anura were completed by him in 1985. He transferred Aplectana

vercammeni and N. ranae to the genus Neyraplectana on the basis of

resemblance and absence of a gubernaculum.

Pike (1979) described Ganeo Africana, Gendria leberrei, Cosmocerca

sp., Oswaldocruzia subauricularia and nematode larvae from Khartoum

in Sudan.

In Cameroon, Durette-Desset and Vaucher (1979) collected O.

perreti from B. latifrons; O. gracilipes from B. gracilipes along with other

new species of Oswaldocruzia from reptilian hosts. Durette-Desset et al.,

(1984) recorded new species of Batrachonema Yuen, 1965b, under order

Trichostrongyloidea as Batrachonema bonai n.sp. from B. synaptospicula

from Malayasia, O. arabica a parasite of B. arabicus in the Arabian

Peninsula respectively and remark on related species were given by them

in 1992. They also redescribed O. bialata (Molin, 1860b) from R.

synklepton, R. esculanta [= R. esculanta (Klepton, R. esculanta, R.

lessonae)] in Bulgaria of unknown locality and gave description of other

species O. filiformis, O. guyetanii and O. duboisi from France from the

same host and same locality in 1993. Further they also described in

1994. Johnpearsoinia pearsoni gen. nov. under Johnpearsoniinae sub

fam. nov. from Bufo marinus with comments on the primitive

trichostrongyle parasites of amphibians and reptiles from Coen,

Queensland, Australia.

Petit and Yen (1979) described Waltonella malayensis a new filariid

worm from R. glandulosa in Malaysia, close to North America and African

species of Waltonella and Icosiella intani sp. nov. of family Onchocercidae

from R. canarivora. This is the first report in South Kalimantan Indonesia

Page 34: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

33

(Purnomo and Bangs, 1996). They described Paraochoterenella

javanensis gen et sp. n from R. cancrivora in west Java, Indonesia in

1999. Helminth infracommunities of Rana vaillanti with eight nematode

species in Los Textlas Veracruz, Mexico were recorded by Paredes

Calderon et. al., (2004).

Deshmukh and Chaudhari (1980) described Meteterakis

aurangabadensis n.sp. from Aurangabad, India from B. melanostictus.

Gupta and Duggal (1980) described Paracosmocerca indica n.sp.

and Neoxysomatium macintoshii (Stewart, 1914) n. comb. from the

digestive tract of Rana sp. In 1987 they jointly also worked and

published their paper.

Khan and Mohiuddin (1980) observed the incidence of various

parasites and recorded from the frog R. cyanophlyctis in Sind, Pakistan

and Gnathostoma spinigerum from R. tigrina recorded by Khan et al.,

(1983) from Mymensingh district of Bangladesh. Rhabdias bufonis of

Rana ridibunda Pallas, 1771 from Goclawski canal in Warszawa, Polland

recorded by Kue Sulgostowska (1988). Life cycle and new data on the

distribution of Rhabdias sphaerocephala from B. bufo in Kiev region,

Ukraine and from Great Britan to South Western Russia in Europe was

made by Kuz’min (1997). A new species Rhabdias africanus was recorded

by them from South African toad in 2001. The species of genus Rhabdias

were recorded from amphibians and reptiles of the Nearctic zone by

Kuzmin et al., in 2003.

Soota and Dey Sarkar (1980) recorded Oswaldocruzia filiformis

(Goeze, 1782) Travassos 1917 and Cosmocercoides dukae (Holl, 1928)

Travassos, 1931 from the intestine of a Bufo himalayanus form the same

place and in 1981 Oxysomatium macintoshii from intestine of frog

(unidentified) from Sukna in Darjeeling District. Oswaldocruzia filiformis

(Goez, 1782) Travassos, 1917 in stomach, intestine and rectum of Bufo

melanostictus, Rana tigrina and R. cyanoflictictus and other vertebrates.

Page 35: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

34

Lal (1942) recorded Oswaldocruzia and reported a new trichostrongylid

nematode from amphibian in 1944.

Wang (1980) gave description of Paraleptonema ranae n.g. n. sp.

from R. spinosa similar to Cosmoxynemoides sp., Aplectana

paucipapillosa n.sp. from R. spinosa. They worked on nematodes of

vertebrates in 1981 and reported six new species. They (1982) studied on

nemtodes of the family Capillaridae capillaria ranae n. sp. from Rana

guentheri, C. fujianensis n. sp. from Bufo melanostictus and C. bufonis

from R. nigromaculata in Fujian Province, China. Helminthes of B.

americanus, R. clamitans, R. pipiens and R. sylvatica from New

Wisconsin, USA were observed by Williams and Taft in 1980. Population

distribution of Ochterenella digticauda was studied in naturally infected

B. marinus in Jamaica, West Indies in 1985 by Wong and Bundy. Prey

size and parasite relationship in common toad B. bufo with Cosmocerca

ornata was determined by Wheator (1986). The synopsis of trematodes of

amphibians and reptiles from China is available from Wang Puquin and

and Wang (1992). The nematodes Metangusticaecum fujianensis sp. nov.

from Rana kuhlii and R. limnorcharis and Paracosmocerca

pectinospiculata, Kalicephalus indicus, Rhabdias nipponica, R. bicornis, R.

bufonis and Gorgoderna zigiagorchis were reported from Meihua

Mountain Nature Reserve and adjacent area in China (Wang et al., 1992).

Smyth and Smyth (1980) dealt with the parasitic fauna of three

species of Rana, the European R. temporaria, R. esculenta and North

American R. pipiens in their published book in London and Basingstoke,

UK.

Mark and Yong (1981) recorded of Waltonella malayensis Petit and

Yen, 1979 from Rana macrodon from Selangor, Malaysia.

Naidu and Thakare (1981) mentioned two new nematodes,

Haplodidentus indicus from Rana tigrina and fishes; Meteterakis karvei

from Bufo melanostictus of Vidarbha Region, Maharashtra state.

Page 36: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

35

Soota and Dey Sarkar (1981b) worked on nematode parasites of

toad and frog along with other vertebrates and Oxysomatium maintoshii

from intestine of Bufo viridis from Arki in Solan district and Kunihar in

Himachal Pradesh was recorded.

Baker and Bain (1981) described Spinicauda voltaensis n. sp. and

S. mathevosianae (synonym of Aplectana acuminata) from Bobo

Dioulasso, upper volta, Africa. Bain et. al., (1979) worked on species

variety of Waltonella filariae co-existent in B. marinus in French Guiana

and mentioned those species as Waltonella spp., W. royi n.sp., W. ounari

n, sp., W. guyanensis, W. dufourae n.sp., and W. alberti n. sp. Bulakhov

and Konstantinova (1980) studied the effect of biocoenotic factors on the

prevalence of helminth infections in amphibians of the forest ecosystems

of the Pridneprov’e (USSR).

A survey of helminth parasites in salamander and certain anurans

in Wisconsin were done by Coggins and Sajdak in 1982. Cedhagen

(1988) reported Rhabdias bufonis, O. filiformis, Cosmocerca ornate and

Oxysomatium brevicaudatum from Rana arvalis, R. temporaria and O.

nybelin from R. temporaria, Bufo bufo, Bufo calamita in Southern Sweden.

Getsevichyute and Mitskevichene (1982) recorded Rhabdias

bufonis and Cosmocerca ornate in shores of lake, Drukshyai in USSR

from R. temporaria. Gibbons (1986) published SEM guide to the

morphological structure of nematode parasites of vertebrates.

Model (1983) studied helminth parasites of R. esculanta and R.

temporaria in Vancouver Island, Canada.

Grewal et al., (1983) reported Cosmocerca umnodynastes Johnston

and Simpson, 1943 from B. melanostictus. Oxysomatium manipurensis

sp.nov. were recorded by Gambhir and Tarnita (2005) from the rectum of

B. melanostictus in Manipur. Oxysomatium mehdii n.sp. from Rana

tigrina in Marathwada, Aurangabad (Maharashtra) was recorded by Ilyas

in 1980.

Page 37: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

36

Hendrikx and Moppes (1983) reported the morphology, routes of

infection and some pathological aspects of O. filiformis from common

toad, B. bufo and R. temporaria. In the same year they (1983a) mentioned

O. filiformis and its larval stage and sub adult stage from tadpoles of

B.bufo and R.temporaria and larval sub adult stages of O. filiformis

obtained from tadpole of R. temporaria. Again (1983b) they also studied

the seasonal fluctuation and localization and inhibition of development of

O. filiformis from B. bufo in Netherlands.

Kalabekov and Bigulov (1983) also recorded the helminth infection

on minor Asiatic frog Rana macronemis from shore of a rivulet in Georgia,

USSR. Some species of genus Rhabdias R. fuelleborni, R. elegans and R.

sphaerocephala from Bufo sp., R. androgyna n. sp. and R. hermaphrodita

n. sp. from B. tryponius and B. crucifer respectively were reported by

Kloss (1971) in Belem, Brazil and different species of genus Rhabdias, R.

sphaerocephala, R. fuelleborni, R. elegans, R. hermaphrodita from

marinus group of Bufo from south America were mentioned in two

different papers in 1972 and 1974. The analysis of infection by

Oswaldocruzia sp., Cosmocercoides sp., and Rhabdias sp. in Bufo boreas

and Hyla regilla made by Kollar and Gaudin in Southern California, USA

in 1976.

Bain and Purnomo (1984) published the papers on the findings of

their collection made from Rana macrodon near Kuala Lumpur,

Malayasia and described Icosiella laurenti n.sp. from the leg muscle.

Baker and Vaucher (1984) reported parasitic helminthes from Paraguay

and nematode under genus Cosmocerca Diesing, 1861 from frog. They

also observed and described their findings of 5 species under genus

Schrankiana from frogs in Paragyay; S. brasili from Bufo paracnemis (new

host record) along with other species of Schrankiana from another host

in 1988. A checklist of helminth parasites of Australian amphibian was

prepared by Barton (1994). He also studied the population dynamics of

Page 38: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

37

Rhabdias cf. hylae in the lungs of naturally infected B.marinus in North

Queensland, Australia in 1998.

Moravac (1984) studied Rhabdias joaquinensis from Rana aurora;

Moravec et.al., (1987) recorded R. bufonis, Strongyloides prokopici n.sp.,

Cosmocerca ornate, Aplectana macintoshii, Thubunaea pudica and some

larval forms excluding family Heterakidae and Pharyngodonidae from

amphibians and reptiles in Cairo, Egypt. They (1990) described

Cosmocerca ornata japonica from Zambia of Central Africa and Aplectana

macintoshii from B. regularis, Orneoascaris chrysanthemoides of Uganda,

East Africa from B. regularis and Cosmocerca ornata n.sp., from frogs of

South America along with other nematodes from some reptiles. In the

same year Moravec and Sey also reported Cosmocerca novaeguineal sp.

nov., Cosmocercinae gen sp. and Oxysomatium sp. Spinitectus sp.

Rhabdias australiensis sp. nov. from Rana daemeli and

Desmagnathinema papuensis sp. nov. (only female) from Rana grisea in

Papua New Guinea and Queensland of Australia.

Helminth fauna of R. ridibunda were also studied by Mustafaev

and Farzaliev (1977) in Azerbaidzhan, USSR. First American (New

Hampshire in USA) frogs R. clamitans and R. catesbeiana were given by

Muzzall and Baker in 1987.

Hasegawa (1987) described Meteteraksi ishikawanae sp. n. from

frog, R. ishikawae from Okinawa Island, Japan where this sp of Rana act

as a primary definitive host. Wakubitinema toyamai gen. nov. sp. nov.

under Seuratoidea and Quimperiidae obtained from intestine of Rana

(limnoncetes) namiyei on mountainous areas of Okinawa Island, Japan

also mentioned by him in 1988. This species W. toyamai also shows its

resemblance with Paraquimperia and Pseudohaplonema and it is actually

primarily aquatic species simultaneously it is also assumed that its

ancestors may be a fish parasitic species and close to Paraquimpera.

Page 39: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

38

Borisova (1988) examined amphibian hosts from kuibyshev

reservoir in USSR and described Cosmocerca ornata from Rana lessonae

from O. filiformis from R. arvalis, Bolt et. al., (1993) by their observation

on the common frog (Rana temporaria ) came into the conclusion that it

act as a potential paratenic and intermediate host for Angiostrongylus

vasorum in Denmark, North western Europe.

Navarro et al., (1988) contributed to the knowledge of the five

species of Ascaridida, Raphidascaris accus, Seuratascaris numidica,

Cosmocerca ornate, Oxysomatium brevicaudatum and Aplectana

macintoshii parasitizing Iberian amphibians, Rana perezi, R. iberica and

R. temporaria. In next year they also found Strongyloides mascomai sp.

nov. from Rana perezi, which differs from S. pereirai, S. carinii, S.

amphibiophilus, S. physali, S. spiralis from Eastern Spain and other

species of Strongyloides from Poland, Central Europe.

Diengdoh (1989) studied the helminth parasite spectrum of

amphibian hosts in Meghalaya.

Fernando (1989) discussed the parsitic burden of the frog R.

ridibunda and their nematodes Aplectana sp., Abbreviata sp., Foleyella

duboisi, Oswaldocruzia sp. and Polystoma sp., and prepared a

preliminary list of parasitic helminthes from Saudi Arabia.

Griffin (1989) from three localities, Co. Dubin, Co. Meath and Irish

Republic in Ireland described O. filiformis in frogs, R. temporaria and

tadpole. Speare (1990) recorded the Rhabdias spherocephala along with

other helminthes from Bufo marinus (Cane toad) in Australia. Longibucca

cateabeianae n. sp. of gastrointestinal tract of R. catesbeiana reported

from Brazil by Souza et al., (1994). The knowledge of the helminthes

Oxysomatium brevicaudatum and Dorylaimidae gen sp. parasitizing

Iberian Amphibia, B. bufo and reptilian is also from Soriano et al., (1996)

in Prado de Ias Pozas and Laguna Grade, Sierra de Gredos (Avila Spain).

Page 40: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

39

Ginetsinskaya and Golubeva (1991) recorded the changes in the

helminth fauna of R. temporaria in the Peterh of Park over fifty years. R.

bufonis, Seuratascaris numidica, Cosmocerca ornate and Aplectana

macintoshii from Rana pereji and from some reptiles in Sierra de Gudar,

part of the Sistema Iberico Mountains in Northeast Spain studied by

Galeano et al., 1996.

Goldberg and Bursey (1991a) recorded Aplectana itzocanensis,

Physaloptera sp., Oswaldocruzia pipiens, Rhabdias americanus from B.

alvarius and A. itzocanensis, O. pipiens, Physaloptera sp. and R.

americanus from Bufo cognatus in Southern Arizona, USA. They also

recorded Aplectana itzocanensis and O. pipiens from red spotted toad

Bufo punctatus, a new host record in the same year from the same

locality. In 1992, from Aunu Island (American Samoa) they recorded a

marine toad B. marinus as a new host record of Parapharyngodon

kartana. Ezo brown frog R. pirica Matsui, endemic to Hokkaido Island,

Japan was examined for helminthes by them in 2003. These species

Cosmocercoides pulcher, O. socialis and Rhabdias nipponica were

recorded. Rana pirica represents a new host record and Hokkaido Island

a new locality for O. socialis, R. nipponica. None of the helminth found in

this study is restricted to Hokkaido Island.

Southern lower Michigan, USA recorded as a new locality by

Muzzall and Peebles (1991) O. ipiens, Cosmocercoides pennsylvaniensis

from Wood frog, R. sylvatica along with other trematodes collected from

these hosts.

Muzzall (1991a) recorded Falcaustra catesbeianae from R.

catesbeiana (Bull frog ) in Turkey Marsh and Michigan in USA.

Andrews et.al.,(1992) studied the helminths of Rana catesbeiana

Shaw,1802a,b in Southern Illinois with a chek list of helminths in

Page 41: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

40

bullfrogs of North America and recorded Cosmocercoides dukae and

Camallanus sp. from La Rue Pine Hills area.

Ben Slimane and Durette-Desset (1993a) worked on genus

Oswaldocruzia and described their findings O. filiformis from intestine as

first species and O.bialata as second species from France and central

Europe respectively and O. duboisi sp. nov from the intestine of Rana sp.

from France; O.guyetanti from the intestine of Rana sp. from Besancon,

France. They also described four new sp. of genus Oswaldocruzia from

Ecuador, South America in 1993b and described O. chambrieri from Bufo

typhorius from Napo province Ecuator, O. touzeti from Eleutherodactylus

variabilis, O. bonsi from Bolitoglosa equatoriana and Ischnocnema

quixenses, O. vaucheri from I. quixensis. In 1995a they reviewed

Oswaldocruzia parasitic in Brazilian and Ecaudorian amphibians and

redefined the type species O. subauricularis (Rudolphi, 1819) from

Brazilian and Ecudorian Bufonidae and O. mazzai Travassos, 1935a

from Bufonidae with their collection O. dlouhyi from Bufo sp. and O.

taranchoni from Bufo marinus from Brazil. In the same year they also

collected some Oswaldocruzian nematodes from amphibian and lizards

from some area of West Indies and described O.barusi from Bufo

empusus from Cuba, West Indies and other species of Oswaldocruzia

from lizards from Puerto Rico, West Indies. In 1995b they described O.

barusi as a new species from Bufo empusus from Cuba along with other

species of the genus from other vertebrate host from Puerto Rico. In

1996a they published their papers on the four new species of

Oswaldocruzia parasitizing amphibians and lizards from Ecuador, South

America and those Oswaldocruzia nematode parasitizing the amphibian

are O. taramchoni from Bufo marinus from Brazil and O. chambrieri from

Bufo sp. from the same region. In the same year the author also observed

two new species of genus Oswaldocruzia from amphibian from

Cameroon, West Africa and reported O. ohlerae from B. camerounensis

Page 42: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

41

and O. ineichi from Rana (Amnirana) amnicola. They also examined B.

marinus from Venezuela, South America and described the O.

venezuelensis as a new species. In the same year they described their

nematode findings from different amphibians from French Guyana and

Ecuador, South America as Oswaldocruzia sp. from Leptodactylus

pentadactylus; O. lescurei from B. typhonius; O. albereti from

Leptodactylus pentadactylus, Bufo sp. and Hyla sp. respectively. O.

chabaudi from Hyla sp. They also described two new species of the genus

Oswaldocruzia, O. ohlerae and O. ineichi from Rana (Amnirana) amnicola

from Cameron, West Africa in the same year. Revision work on genus

Oswaldocruzia was done by them in 1997 and recorded four new species

from Canada. In the same year they described five new species,

Oswaldocruzia audebertae, O. canadensis, O. stevensi and O. andersoni

sp. from B. americanus, O. priceae from Rana pipiens and two known

species O. pipiens from Rana sylvatica and O.leidyi Steiner, 1924 from

Hyla carolenensis from Nearctic region.

Moravec and Keiser (1994) studied the nematode larvae and

described Cosmocerca longispicula. Moravec and Vojtkova (1975) worked

on and showed the variability in two nematode species O. filiformis and

Oxysomatium brevicaudatum, the common parasites of European

amphiians and reptiles. Helminths in bullfrogs (R. catesbeiana), green

frogs (R. clamitans) and leopard frogs (R. pipiens) from new Brunswick,

Canada was reported by Mc Alpine in 1997. The toad B. granulosus

major act as a new host in new geographical area Argentina, South

America for the nematode Cosmocerca parva Travassos, 1925 (Mordeglia

and Digiant, 1998). Abbreviata sp. and O. pipiens was reported from

Wood frogs, Rana sylvatica along with three new hosts and other

helminthes from Izard country Arkansas USA by Mc. Allister et. al., in

1995. Besides this O. pipiens, Abbreviata sp. and Cosmocercoides

variabilis from Pickerel frog, Rana palustris from Southern part of the

Page 43: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

42

Arkansas, USA also reported by them in the same year. Nematode

parasite Cosmocercoides variabilis of the eastern narrow mouth toad,

Gastrophryne carolinensis from northwestern Louisiana (a new

geographic area) and north eastern Texas, USA was recorded by Mc

Allister and Bursey (2005).

Goldberg et al., (1995) reported species of the genus Aplectana and

Rhabdias fuelleborni from B. marinus in Bermuda Island in Atlantic

ocean and B. cognatus and B. debilis were recorded for Aplectana

itzocanensis, R. americanus and for larvae of Physaloptera sp. in addition

to these parasites, B. debilis also was recorded for Aplectana incert from

New Mexico. They (1996a) recorded B. retiformis (Sonoran green toad) as

a new host records for the Aplectana incerta, A. itzocanensis, O. pipiens,

Physaloptera sp. and Rhabdias americanus from Pima Country, Arizona

USA and Aplectana incerta, A. itzocanensis, R. americanus, Physaloptera

sp. and Physocephalus sp. of the South Western toad, B. microscaphus,

Woodhouse’s toad, B. woodhousii from Central Arizona. In 1998 they

reported Falcaustra catesbeiana, R. ranae, Physaloptera sp. and

unidentified ascarid from Rana chirricahuensis, R. yavapaiensis and from

one introduced frog species R. catesbeiana from Arizona, the new locality

for R. ranae. In 2000, they recorded Cosmocercoides variabilis, Falcaustra

ranae, O. pipiens, R. ranae and Spinitectus gracilis from northern leopard

frog R. pipiens from North Dakota and South Dakota in USA.

Ha Duy Ngo and Nguyen Thile (1995) recorded five species of

nematodes along with other trematodes and acanthocephalans from R.

rugulosa in suburden regions of Hanoi, Vietnam. Batrachonema

synaptospicula, Amphibiophilius ranae from R. limniocharis and other

species from R. narina were studied by Hasgawa et al., (1996) in

Peninsular Malayasia, South China and Kinawa, Japan respectively and

B. synaptospicula also studied from southeast and East Asia. Emended

description of Trichostrongylidae. Mazamastrongylus peruvianus and

Page 44: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

43

comments about the relationship among the genera Mazamastrongylus,

Spiculopteragia and Sarwaria were done by Hoberg (1996) in Baltimore

Avenue, Belts Ville, USA. O. pipiens was recovered from the small

intestines of B. americanus in southwestern West Virginia by Hanna and

Jay (2003).

Helminth communities in the northern spring Peeper, Pseudacris

C. crucifer Wied and the Wood frog, Rana sylvatica Le Conte from

Southern Wisconsin USA was studied by Yoder and Coggins (1996).

Ben Slimane et al., (1996a) worked on the genus Oswaldocruzia in

amphibian hosts collected from museum in Paris. O. venezuelensis a

parasite most closely related to O. vaucheri from B. marinus from

Venezuela South America was described by them in 1996. Two new

species of Oswaldocruzia Travassos, 1917 parasitizing Spanish

amphibians also described by them in 1997.

Spratt (1997) also mentioned the endoparasitic control strategies

and its implications for biodiversity of nature gave priority on nematode

parasites in New Zealand, Australia.

Atlantic ocean was reported by Linzey et al., in 1998. Luque et al.,

(2005) reported Oswaldocruzia lopesi Freitas et Lent, 1938, O. mazzai

Travassos, 1935a, O. subauricularis (Rudolphi, 1819), Oxyascaris sp.

Parapharyngodon alvarengai, Freitas, 1957, Rhabdias elegans Gutierrez,

1945 and R. sphaerocephala, Goodey, 1924 from Bufo ictericus (Spix,

1824) in Miguel Pereira, State of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

In 1998 Bursey and Goldberg examined Canadian toad, Bufo

hemiophrys from Alberta, Canada and described Cosmocercoides

variabilis, O. pipiens and Rhabdias americanus. They also found

Falcaustra catesbeianae, F. chabaudi, F. chelydrae, F. mexicana, F. wardi,

F. affinis from Tarahumara frogs, Rana tarahumarae and recorded

Falcaustra lowei as a new sp. from Sonora, Mexico, USA in 2001.

Oswaldocruzia costaricensis n. sp. from the intestine and Rhabdias

Page 45: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

44

savagei n. sp. from the lungs of Rana cf. forreri are described by them in

2005. Oswaldocruzia costaricensis represents the 77th species assigned

to the genus and Rhabdias savagei represents the 47th species assigned

to the genus. Rana cf. forreri was also found to harbour the nematodes,

Aplectana incerta, A. itzocanensis, Cosmocerca podicipinus, Foleyellides

striatus, Subulscaris falcaustriformis and a larva of the nematode

Brevimulticaecum sp. the Cosmocerca panamaensis is considered to be a

synonym of Cosmocerca podicipinus. Icosiella turgeocauda from the

intestinal mesenteries of Rana canorivora in Luzon, Philippines was

collected, described and illustrated by Bursey et al., (2003a). Icosiella

turgeocauda represents the ninth species to the genus Seuratascaris

numidica. The Philippines represents a new location record for

Seuratascaris numidica.

Bursey and De Wolf, (1998) published their paper on the

observation of nematode parasites from different Rana sp. in Coshocton

country, Ohio, USA and described Gyrinocola batrachiensis from Rana

catesbeiana and R. clamitans ; Cosmocercoides variabilis from R.

clamitans; Cosmocercoides variabilis from R. catesbiana, R. clamitans, R.

palustris, Rhabdias ranae and Physaloptera sp. from R. clamitans.

Dey Sarkar, (1998) described Cosmocercoides dukae (Holl,1928)

Travassos, 1931 from Himalayan toad (Bufo himalayanus) and Pelobatid

toad (Megophrys sp.) from the intestine; Oxysomatium anurae Biswas

and Chakravarty,1963 from rectum in Bufo melanostictus; Oxysomatium

stomatici Biswas and Chakravarty,1963 from Bufo melanostictus in

rectum; Meteterakis govindi Karve,1930 from intestine and rectum of

Bufo melanostictus; African bufonis Biswas and Chakravarty,1963 from

Bufo melanostictus; Oxysomatium macintoshii in intestine and rectum of

the same host and from Rana tigrina, Rana cyanoflictis.

Neoprotozoophaga bufonis Biswas and Chakravarty, 1963 in rectum of

Page 46: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

45

Bufo melanostictus; Propharyngodon ranae Biswas and Chakravarty,

1963 in rectum of Rana tigrina in various districts of West Bengal.

Dey Sarkar (1999) recorded the Oxysomatium macintoshii from

Rana tigrina, Rana sp. and Bufo melanostictus ; Meteterakis govindi ,

Karve, 1930 from B. melanostictus, Oswaldocruzia filliformis in Rana

cyanophlyctis and B. melanostictus in Shillong, East khasi Hills,

Thadlaskin, Umkiang, Jaintia Hills; William Nagar, Tasek, East Garo

Hills district of Meghalaya. They (2000) also recorded Oxysomatium

macintoshii in intestine and rectum of Rana cyanophlyctis; Meteterakis

tripurae n.sp., M. govindi and Oswaldocruzia goezei from Bufo

melanostictus and Rana sp. in various places of Tripura.

Gillilland and Muzzall (1999) recorded R. ranae, O. priceae,

Cosmocercoides dukae, Raillietnema sp., Spiroxy sp., unidentified

immature larvae on froglets of Northern leopard frog, Rana pipiens and R.

ranae, Oswaldocruzia priceae on adult Rana pipiens in Foggy bottom

Marsh in Southern Michigan, USA.

Galicia–Guerrero et al., (2000) worked on helminthes of two

sympatric toads, B. marinus and B. marmoreus, both of these act as a

new host for Ochoterenella digticauda, Rhabdias fuelleborni and

Physaloptera sp. larvae and Cystacanths of Centrorhynchus sp. were

obtained from Bufo marmoreus in Pacific coast of Jalisco, Mexico which

found as a new locality.

Bolek and Coggins (2000) worked on Eastern American toads; Bufo

americanus and recorded O. pipiens, Cosmocercoides variabilis and

Rhabdias americanus from Waukesha Country, Southeastern Wisconsin,

USA. Aisien et al. (2001) described Rhabdias bufonis, Cosmocerca ornate,

Paracosmocerca sp., Chabaudus leberi, Amplicaecum africanum,

Camallanus dimitrovi, Camallanus sp., Batrachocamallanus xenopodis,

Bufo sp., and Oswaldocruzia hoepplii from Bufo regularis from Rain forest

and mangrove forest zones of South-Western Nigeria, Africa.

Page 47: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

46

Dutta Sarkar and Manna (2002a) recorded larvae of Monhysterides

sp. from Bufo and Rana sp. from Liluah, Belur, Habra and Sonarpur in

W.B. In the same year (2002b) they also recorded Ascaridia galli

(Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923 in Rana tigrina from Belur, W.B.

Helminth parasites of Bufo regularis, B. maculates and Rana

galamensis from five locations in the Savanna-mosaic and one in the

traditional vegetation zone of Edo state of Nigeria were investigated along

with other amphibians by Aisien et.al. (2003) and recorded Rhabdias

bufonis, Cosmocerca ornate, Camallanus dimitrovi, Amplicaecum

africanum and Batrachocamallanus xenopodis, Folleyelides sp.,

Abbreviata sp. (larva) and larval ascaridoids. A study of the helminth

parasites of amphibians at New Bussa in the Guinea Savanna zone of

Nigeria was undertaken by them in 2004. Amphibian hosts examined

included B. regularis, B. maculates, Dicroglossus occipitalis and Rana

galamensis. Nematode parasites included Rhabdias bufonis,

Amplicaecum africanum, Camallanus dimitrovi, Cosmocerca ornate and

the larvae of an ascaridoid nematode. New species of nematods were

described in northern Fergana plain in Uzbekistan Asia and one of them

is Spironoura govacus sp. nov. from the green toad B. viridis by Ikramov

and Azimov (2003). The species diversity and some ecological

characteristics of helminthes infesting B.viridis and R. ridibunda in the

Fergana valley of Uzbekistan were investigated by them in 2004. A survey

was conducted by Ikromov et. al., (2004) and found composition of the

helminth fauna of the lake frog R. ridibunda in Ferghana Valley,

Uzbekistan and reported Skrjabinoeces minimis, Strongyloides sp. and

Thelandros sp.

Mashaii (2005) recorded helminth parasites of green toad, B.

viridis, tree frog, Hyla arborea savignyi and marsh frog Rana ridibunda

ridibunda from Southwest of Iran mainly from Khouzestan province were

recorded. Among those helminth parasites Cosmocerca ornata,

Page 48: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

LITERATURE SURVEY

47

Cosmocerca commutata, R. bufonis and Aplectana sp. were collected from

B. viridis and Aplectana sp. from R. ridibunda and in tree frogs H. arborea

savingnyi.

Yildirimhan et al., (2005) collected marsh frogs Rana ridibunda

from four different regions of Turkey and variable extended localities and

recorded Cosmocerca ornate, Neoxysomatium brevicaudatum and O.

filliformis. This is the first time that R. ridibunda has been reported in

Turkey.

However, literature on nematode infection, taxonomic importance

and its diversity in frogs and toads in the Aurangabad region is lacking.

Hence an attempt has been made to add some knowledge regarding these

nematode parasites.

Page 49: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 50: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

MATERIALS AND METHODS

48

Toad:

1) Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et al., 2006

Common toad (= Bufo melanostictus Schneider, 1799)

Frog:

2) Euphlyctis hexadactylus (Lesson, 1834) Dubois, 1992.

Pond frog (= Rana hexadactyla Lesson, 1834).

3) Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Daudin, 1803) Dubois, 1992

Indian bull frog (= Rana tigrina Daudin, 1803).

4) Uperodon systoma (Schneider, 1799)

Burrowing frog

A] COLLECTION:

Toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et al.,

2006 (= Bufo melanostictus Schneider, 1799) and frogs Euphlyctis

hexadactylus (Lesson, 1834) Dubois, 1992 (= Rana hexadactyla

Lesson, 1834), Uperodon systoma (Schneider, 1799) and

Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Daudin, 1803) Dubois, 1992 (= Rana tigrina

Daudin, 1803) were collected in different seasons throughout the year

from industrial areas namely Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra and

Ranjangaon of Aurangabad. Three annual cycles 2007-08, 2008-09,

2009-10 were considered for the collection of nematodes.

The toads and frogs after collection in the field were brought to

the laboratory and were overanesthesized with chloroform. The body

cavity was opened by a longitudinal ventral incision with a pair of

blunt pointed scissors and the alimentary tract was excised by cutting

across the oesophagus and the rectum. The collection of parasitic

nematodes begins first by thoroughly exploring all parts of a suspected

host. The mucous membrane is washed in 0.9 % saline. The gut

content, washings of the mucous membrane itself need to be

Page 51: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

MATERIALS AND METHODS

49

thoroughly examined for the parasites. Different body organs like liver,

stomach, intestine, rectum, heart, lungs, urinary bladder, mesenteries

and kidney of the hosts were separately taken and dissected in normal

saline in different petridishes and then the nematodes were collected

in separate watch glasses containing normal saline immediately. Every

care was taken to collect the worms and again washed thoroughly to

remove whatever residual extraneous material may still adhere to the

specimens.

In case of smaller gut it is cut open, thoroughly submerged in

saline and kept in a suitable dissecting tray or petridish. From the

exposed digestive tract and other parts of the body, the worms which

can be seen with the naked eye are picked up with the help of brush or

dropper and placed in petridishes containing saline water.

B] PRESERVATION:

The collected intestinal worms are washed thoroughly to remove

extraneous materials adhering to them. The parasites so recovered

were first studied in live condition in normal saline under the

Stereoscopic binocular microscope. For face view the head end of the

worm was cut with a sharp blade under a binocular. A very small

amount of glycerin jelly was taken on a clear dry cover glass. The cut

head end was then placed in the glycerin jelly in an upside down

condition with the aid of a fine needle and observed under a binocular

microscope. Basic techniques used for preservation (Berland, B. 1982).

Nematodes are laid straight in clean petridish and some streaming

70% alcohol is pored over so as to submerge them completely or the

nematode parasites are relaxed by putting them in a beaker containing

boiling hot 70% alcohol and allowed to remain there for sometime. The

parasites are killed instantaneously in a straight and extended

Page 52: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

MATERIALS AND METHODS

50

condition. When the specimens are satisfactorily fixed, usually after a

few minutes, they were preserved in 70% alcohol in a vial with a few

drops of glycerin and a proper label with name of host, locality,

location of parasite and date of collection.

Whenever the specimens were examined transferred directly

from 70% alcohol to lactophenol for microscopic examinations or

cleared either in creosote or in case of delicate and small specimens

glycerin was used as clearing agent. Lactophenol used to soften the

cuticle and countering shrinkage of the parasites. In present study

creosote gave the best results. The specimens were placed to desired

position under a cover glass and studied. The orientation of the

posterior end was brought about in desired position by rolling it under

the cover glass with the aid of a fine needle. Before restoring, the

specimens dip into the 70% acid alcohol, to prevent their subsequent

darkening to some extent and stored satisfactorily. Nematodes were

cleared with lactophenol and mounted in temporary slides (Lamothe-

Argumedo, 1997). All the measurements are in millimeters, unless

otherwise mentioned and all diagrams are drawn with the help of

Camera Lucida in addition, photomicrographs of the specimens were

also taken.

All the nematode species are identified following the CIH keys to

the nematode parasites of vertebrates [1974- 1983 (ed.) Nos. 1- 10],

“Systema Helminthum” (Yamaguti, 1958, 1959, 1961, 1963 a, b), “The

Fauna of British India,” Vol. I and Vol. II (Baylis, 1936, 1939),

Parasites: A guide to Laboratory Procedures and identification (Ash et

al., 1991).

Page 53: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

MATERIALS AND METHODS

51

C] Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM) study:

The nematode parasites for scanning Electron Microscopy were

processed following Barus and Majumdar (1975). Hot 70% alcohol

were used for killing and kept the specimens in vials with few drops of

glycerine in 70% alcohol or fixed in 2.5% Glutaraldehyde solution in

0.1M phosphate buffer for 4 hours and subsequently in osmium

tetraoxide (OSO4). After that longer specimens were cut into two to

three parts with the help of a sharp razor blade while the shorter ones

were left intact. Then the samples were preserved in 70% alcohol for

further processing.

The dehydration was done passing through a series of alcoholic

grades (30%, 50%, 70%, 90%, 100%) and then transferred to Isoamyl

acetate overnight through mixtures of absolute alcohol and an Isoamyl

acetate (3:1, 1:1 and 1:3) respectively and subjected to critical point

drying then the specimens fixed to the stub with adhesive and then

gold coated. The coated samples were subjected for study under ESM

(Model of Hitachi S-530, Japan) with a resolution of 70A0 and

operating at an accelerating voltage of 5-15kv and micrographs were

taken at the Department of Physis, Shivaji University, Kolhapur (M.S.)

India. Magnifications of the micrographs are specified in each case.

Statistical Methods Used:

All the relevant data collected were statistically analyzed to

assess the significance of variations for different parameters (Fisher

and Yates, 1938, 1974, 1975) and (Zar J.H., 1996). The significance of

variation was tested at 5% and 1% levels of probability. All tests were

accompanied with appropriate controls. Correlations among various

parameters were studied to evaluate the influence of variation of one

Page 54: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

MATERIALS AND METHODS

52

factor to the others only mean values of estimations of various

parameters are recorded.

The following statistical parameters are used for analysis.

1) Estimation of Arithmetic mean

2) Estimation of SD

3) Estimation of correlation between two variables

4) ANOVA

5) For studying the nematode parasites of the various host

species, the following parameters were used to analyze the data

following Margolis et al., (1982) and Muzzal (1991).

Intensity = Number of individuals of a host species in each

Infected host in a sample.

The seasons taken for the study were categorized into three

parts as Rainy (S1), Winter (S2) and Summer (S3) and each with a four

month period.

Prevalence and mean intensity were calculated according to

Bush et al. (1997).

Incidence of infection= B x 100/A

Where B- is the number of host infected and

A is the total number of host under observation.

Intensity of infection= C/B

Where C is the number of parasites collected in a host

Density= C/A

Page 55: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 56: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

53

1) Oswaldocruzia goezei (Skrjabin and Schulz, 1952)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Strongylida Molin, 1861.

Super family : Trichostrongyloidea Cram, 1927.

Family : Molineidae (Skrjabin and Schulz, 1937)

Durette- Desset and Chabaud, 1977.

Sub- family : Molineinae Skrjabin and Schulz, 1937.

Genus : Oswaldocruzia Travassos, 1917.

Materials Examined:

Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus; Hoplobatrachus

tigerinus and Euphlyctis hexadactylus.

Location : small intestine, stomach (below horney layer),

Occasionally from rectum.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra and Ranjangaon.

Deposition : Helminth Research Lab., Dept. of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.)

Male:

Bursa symmetrical; 2 lobed or 3 lobed, dorsal lobe triangular; pre

bursal papillae absent, ventral rays equal; externo-lateral diverging

from medio-lateral ; medio-lateral and postero-lateral contiguous;

externo dorsal ray arising from common trunk with dorsal thick,

bifurcated ending in three pairs of digitation; spicules complex and

almost equal with 4 or 5 terminal; in the dorsal two thirds of their

length they are fitted with five strongly chitinized offshoots united by a

membranous hyaline envelope, which is impossible to examine on the

spicules inside the body of the parasite, when the spicule protrudes

Page 57: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

54

from the cloaca in the live parasite these offshoots extend fanwise.

There is no gubernaculum.

Female:

Vulva in posterior half of the body amphidelphic. The posterior

ovary terminates infront of the sexual aperture and the anterior ovary

behind the end of oesophagus. The ova are oval, in the uterus they are

in the morula stage. Tail is conical and terminates in a needle like

offshoot.

The longitudinal and transverse striations are densely arranged

on the body are very prominent. Stichosome observed in a longitudinal

row in oesophagial region, oral opening appears to be triangular, six

cephalic papillae as an elevated organ are clearly observed. Vulva

clearly observed. Excretory pore observed very clearly, prebursal

opening clearly seen.

Measurements:

a) Male:

Total body 3.69- 5.39 long, 0.11- 0.15 wide; head (0.01- 0.04) X

(0.02- 0.05) in diameter. Nerve ring at 0.03 - 0.07 distance from

anterior end; oesophagus 0.07- 0.42 long, 0.04- 0.07 wide. Spicules

0.11- 0.15 long and the excretory pore difficult to locate.

b) Female:

Total body 4.15- 11.59 long, 0.12- 0.18 wide; head (0.02- 0.07) X

(0.03- 0.05) in diameter. Nerve ring at 0.03- 0.04 distance from the

head end; oesophagus 0.32- 0.64 long, 0.04- 0.06 wide; vulva at 3.04-

10.45 distance from anterior end; length of tail 0.02- 0.56; egg (0.06-

0.03) X (0.11- 0.04) in diameter.

Species Diagnosis:

Thin rosy, cylindrical nematodes inhabitant of small intestine of

Bufo sp. and Rana sp. The female body tapers towards both ends and in

the males only towards the anterior ones. The anterior end ventrally

Page 58: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

55

bent in an arc, sometimes forming a closed ring. Head wider than body

width with a cuticular vesicle, transversely striated, divided into two

parts, the anterior one wider than the posterior; body transversely and

longitudinally striated cervical alae present or absent; neck papillae

present, weakly developed behind the middle of this oesophagus.

Excreatory pore poorely discernible. The mouth with a small oral cavity,

as usual with 6 papillae of which the laterally are large and of

mushroom shaped. The oesophagus club shaped the intestine almost

straight.

Discussion:

The genus Oswaldocruzia was erected by Travassos, 1917 for the

species Strongylus subauricularis Rudolphi, 1819. This genus included

in Oswaldocruzia erected by Skrjabin and Schulz in 1937 with two

subgenera Oswaldocruzia Morishita, 1926 and O. bialata, Molin, 1860.

In this group the collected parasites of reptiles and amphibians

are characterized by the presence of a head vesicle, the absence of a

toothed mouth cavity, a thick dorsal rib in the male bursa split distally

into a number of processes and short spicules split at their distal ends.

After the creation of genus Oswaldocruzia Travassos, 1917

simultaneously an additional six spices were included of which the

majority of cases insufficiently studied. O. subauricularis, O. filiformis,

O.denudata and O. dispar, the latter two known only from females and

for this reason to be included in the genus Oswaldocruzia with

reservations. These species were numbered by the Travassos under the

genus Oswaldocruzia. The species O. bialata, O. subventricosa and O.

leidyi were insufficiently studied. In 1924, Steinger had the opportunity

to investigate and describe O. leiydi. O. subventricosa was studied by

Travassos, 1925 and he also established the genus Schulzia in 1937.

Page 59: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

56

The three new species of O. insulae, O. socialis and O. yezoensis

was described by Morishita in 1926 and the genus Oswaldocruzia were

divided into two subgenera Oswaldocruzia, Bialata and are

characterized by the smaller or lesser development of the cervical fins.

Travassos in 1937 came to conclusion that this subdivision was

insufficiently substantiated and thus he abolished it. A large number of

Oswaldocruzia spp. were studied by Travassos and advanced the

following consideration concerning the validity of the species O. bialata

and O. filliformis. Goez (Writes Travassos) mentioned one

trichostrongylid which parasitizes different cold-blooded vertebrates,

mainly Rana, Bufo and named it Ascaris filliformis. Molin established

that Goeze had dealt with only two species of which one carry no

cervical fins and parasitized Rana temporaria Linnaeus, 1758a. They

called the latter species Schulzia bialatus. From this it is seen that the

observation made by Goeze in all probability refer to parasites found in

both Rana and Bufo and in other hosts as well. Molin on the other hand

singled out the parasites of Rana for an independent species, S.

bialatus. In the year of 1937 Travassos gave a detailed description of

one species of Oswaldocruzia from Bufo and other amphibians and he

refers to this species by the name of O. filiformis (Goeze, 1782).

In the year 1937 Travassos does not recognized the species O.

insulae Morishita 1926 or O. socialis Morishita 1926 as independent

forms. They considers the first to be a synonym of O. filiformis (Goeze,

1782) and the second of O. bialata (Molin, 1860). Skrjabin et al., (1951)

considered that these species are valid until a more detailed study has

been carried out.

The species of O. malayana described by Baylis was transferred

into genus Trichoskrjabina by Trvassos in 1937. Which he had specially

created, while the species O. subventricosa (Schneider, 1866) was

transferred into the genus Schulzia by them. The species O. natalensis

Page 60: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

57

Walton, 1935 and O. agamae Sandground 1930 were transferred by

Travassos into the genus Amphibiophilus. But Skrjabin, Shikhobalova

and Schulz did not agree, since they considered that the genus

Amphibiophilus must be included in the superfamily Strongyloidea,

while the species O. natalensis and O. agamae must remain in the

genus Oswaldocruzia. As a result Travassos (1937) divided the genus

Oswaldocruzia into three independent genera. Oswaldocruzia,

Trichoskrjabinia and Schulzia. As far as the subdivision of the genus

Oswaldocruzia into separate genera is concerned, as suggested by

Morishita, he did not consider this expedient and on this point Skrjabin

et al., 1951 agreed. At that time they include 31 species in the genus

Oswaldocruzia. The poor descriptions of many of these species and lack

of certain descriptions deprive them in the area of possibility of carrying

out a complete revision of the species constitution of this genus. Until

more detail study of these species are made Skrjabin et al., 1954

accepted the whole system suggested by Travassos but with a number

of reservations.

In 1993 Ben Slimane and Durrette-Desset worked on genus

Oswaldocruzia and described their findings O. filiformis from intestine

as first species and O. bialata as second species from France and

Central Europe respectively and O. duboisi sp. nov, O. guyetanti sp. nov.

from the intestine of Rana sp. from France. They also described four

new species of genus Oswaldocruzia from Ecuador, South America and

described their findings as a O. chambrieri sp. nov. from Bufo typhonius

from Napo Province, Ecuador O. touzeti sp. nov from Eleutherodactylus

variabilis. O. bonsi sp. nov. from Bolitoglossa equatoriana and

Ischnocnema quixenses, O. vaucheri sp. nov. from I Quixensis. All these

species of the genus recorded by Ben Slimane and Durette- Desset are

different from the present species by different morphometric

characteristic features and body measurement. In 1995 they criticized

Page 61: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

58

about the Oswaldocruzia parasitic in Brazilian and Ecaudorian

Bufonidae and redefined the type species O. subauricularis (Rudolphi,

1819) and O. mazzai Travassos, 1935a,b,c with their collection O.

dlouhyi sp. nov from Bufo sp. and O. taranchoni sp. nov. from Bufo

marinus from Brazil.

Revision work on genus Oswaldocruzia was done by Ben Slimane

and Durette-Desset in 1997 and recorded four new species from

Canada. From Nearctic region the viscera of certain amphibian was

examined in the same year and described five new species

Oswaldocruzia audebertae sp.nov, O. canadensis sp.nov., and O.

andersoni sp. nov. from B. americanus Holbrook, 1836 (B. lentigious); O.

priceae sp. nov from Rana pipiens Schreber, 1782 and O. stevensi sp.

nov from Bufo americanus Holbrook, 1836 (Eastern American toad or

=B. lentigious) and two known species O. pipiens from R. sylvatica Le

Conte, 1825 and O. leidyi Steinger, 1924 from Hyla carolenensis with

revision of the genus Oswaldocruzia. They only mentioned their findings

as a new species from various Neotropical and parasitic amphibians

and reptilian host and somewhere showed their differences among the

new species and did not considered much of the pre-existing species of

the genus except O. leidyi Travassos, 1917, which is considered as

Nomen nudum. O. leiydi Steineger, 1924 a parasite of Hyla carolinensis

is characterized by one caudal bursa and the absence of cervical alae.

O. collaris Walton, 1929, O. subauricularis (Rudolphi, 1819) Sensu

Walton, 1929, O. minuta Walton, 1941, O. waltoni Ingles, 1936 are

considered as species in Quirendae. O. pipiens Walton, 1929 are

redescribed mainly on the basis of synlophe and caudal bursa type (new

approaches) from Rana sylvatica Le Conte, 1825 (Ranidae, wood frogs)

from Canada, Guelphet Algonquin Park, Ontario, where it was recorded

from Rana pipiens Schreber, 1782 (Northern leopard frog American

species) and R. palustris Le Conte, 1825 (American sp. or Pickeret frog)

Page 62: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

59

from small intestine from Wisconsin, Minnesota and Illinois, North

America. But as a revision work of the genus Oswaldocruzia Travassos,

1917 it might be essential thoroughly review the work on the genus but

they only mentioned their findings and throughout their discussion

never mentioned and compared their n. sp. with the pre-existing species

of the genus. Moreover did not emphasize and mentioned about the

species Strongylus subauricularis Rudolphi, 1819 for which Travassos

(1917) erected the genus Oswaldocruzia. However in 1995 they

discussed the Oswaldocruzia parasitic in Brazilian and Ecuadorian

amphibians and redefined type species O. subauricularis (Rudolphi,

1819) from Brazilian and Ecaudorian Bufonidae.

Ben Slimane et al., 1993 worked on the genus Oswaldocruzia

from Museum in Paris. They described in 1996 O. venezuelensis n.sp. a

parasite of B. marinus Linnaeus, 1758 from Venezuela, South America

and established that this species is most closely related with O.

vaucheri, Travassos, 1917 which parasitizing Spanish amphibians also

described by them in 1997. But they did not mentioned about the O.

goezei from any host and did draw any affinities with the pre existing

species of O. goezei Skrjabin and Schulz, 1952.

They emphasized the synlope characteristic in oesophageal

region, the relative arrangement of rays 6 and 8 of the caudal bursa and

acute spicular character.

Durette-Desset (1977, 1981) worked on classification of

nematodes Trichostrongyloidea. Durette- Desset et al., (1994) also

described the nematode parasites belongs to the Johnpearsonia gen.nov

and from Johnpearsoniinae sub. Fam. Nov. under Molineoidea from B.

marinus Linnaeus, 1758a with comments on the primitive

trichostrongyle parasites of amphibians and reptiles from Coen,

Queensland, Australia.

Page 63: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

60

Among Indian workers Lal (1942), Fotedar (1980), Soota and Dey

Sarkar (1980) Dey Sarkar (1998, 1999, 2000), Dey Sarkar and

Chatterjee (2004) contributed very important information in this aspect.

Baylis (1923), Brenes and Bravo Hollis (1959), Bozhkov and

Stoikova (1970), Barus (1973), Baker (1976-85), Borisova (1988),

Bursey and Goldberg (1998), Ben Slimane and Durette- Desset (1993),

Ben Slimane (1993), Bolek and Coggins (2000), Chow (1940), Cedhagen

(1988), Dubinina (1950), Durette-Desset and Chabaud (1977, 78),

Durette- Desset and Vaucher (1979), Yuen (1962, 1965), Fernando

(1989),Gutierrez (1945), Gupta (1959), Gillilland and Muzzall (1999),

Goldberg and Bursey (1991), Goldberg et al., (1995), Hristovski (1975),

Hendrikx (1983), Hoberg (1996), Hanna and Joy (2003), Koo (1939),

Hsu (1935), Kolendo (1959), Kozak (1968), Kollar and Gaudin (1976),

Lee (1962) Luque et al., (2005), Muzzall and Pebbles (1991), Moravec

and Vajtkobva (1975), Mc. Allister et al., (1995) Puylaert (1967) Pike

(1979), Rozman (1971), Ragoo and Omah-Maharaj (2003), Sobolova

(1975) Schmidt and Enigk (1972), Travassos (1917), Vashetko and

Siddikov (1999) Yildirimhan et al., (2005).

The present species shows resemblance to the O. goezei but differ

in some respects. The present species recorded from B. melanostictus

Schneider, 1799; R. tigrina Daudin, 1803 and from R. hexadactyla

Lesson, 1834 differs from the pre-existing O. goezei Skrjabin and

Schulz, 1952 recorded from B. vulgaris Laurenti, 1768a. B. formosus

Boulenger, 1883, Rana rugosa Temminck and Schlegel, 1838, Bufo

viridis Laurenti, 1768, R. esculenta Linnaeus 1758h, R. ridibunda

Pallas, 1771, R. temporaria Linnaeus, 1758a and Hyla arborea,

Duttaphrynus melanostictus Schneider, 1799 and various reptiles from

Europe and Asia.

Page 64: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

1

Host

– P

ara

site

lis

t of

Bu

fo s

pp

. L

au

ren

ti, 1768 w

ith

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

pp

. T

ravaso

os,

1917 i

n t

he

worl

d

Sr.

No

.

Ho

sts

Par

asit

es

L

oca

tio

n

Lo

cali

ty

Au

tho

rs

C

lass

A

mp

hib

ia

Lin

nae

us,

17

58

Cla

ss

Nem

ato

da,

Ru

do

lph

i, 1

80

8

Em

end

Die

sin

g,

18

61

S

ub

cla

ss

Lis

sam

ph

ibia

H

aeck

el,

18

66

Ord

er

Str

on

gyli

da

Moli

n, 1

86

1

O

rder

A

nu

ra

Raf

ines

que,

18

15

Fam

ily

Mo

lin

eid

ae (

Skrj

abin

an

d

Sch

ulz

, 1

93

7)

Du

rett

e - D

esse

t

and

Ch

abau

d,

19

77

F

amil

y

Bu

fon

idae

,

Gra

y,

18

25

Gen

us

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a T

ravas

sos,

19

17

G

enu

s B

ufo

Lau

renti

,

17

68

1

Bufo

vir

idis

Lau

renti

, 1

76

8

(Gre

en t

oad

) O

. a

uri

cula

ris

(Zed

er, 1

80

0)

syn

. o

f O

. fi

lifo

rmis

(Go

eze,

17

82)

No

t d

escr

ibed

E

uro

pe

Yo

rke

and

Map

lest

on

e, 1

92

6.

d

o

O. fu

elle

bo

rni

(Goez

e, 1

782

) d

o

Ukra

ine

(Euro

pe)

Iv

anit

skii

, 1

940

d

o

O.i

vaniz

kii

Su

dar

iko

v,

19

51

do

do

Ivan

itsk

ii,

19

28

d

o

O. sk

rja

bin

i Iv

aniz

ky,

19

40

nec

, T

ravas

sos,

19

37

d

o

Ukra

inia

n,

SS

R

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

O.g

oez

ei

Sm

all

inte

stin

e E

uro

pe

and

Asi

a d

o

d

o

O. fu

elle

bo

rni

An

teri

or

sect

ion

of

inte

stin

e U

kra

inia

n ,

SS

R

Ivan

itsk

ii,

19

40

d

o

O.

iwa

nit

zkyi

S

mal

l in

test

ine

do

Su

dar

iko

v,

19

51

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- U

zbek

ista

n i

n

Tas

hken

t in

Afg

anis

tan

Wes

tern

Asi

a

Vas

het

ko

an

d

Sid

dik

ov,

19

99

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

Bu

rsa

and

Boju

k

do

llu

k m

arsh

,

Yil

dir

imh

an,

19

93

Page 65: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

2

Ed

irne

Tu

rkey

,

Wes

t A

sia.

d

o

O

. g

oez

ei

- L

ub

lin

are

a

Po

lan

d C

entr

al

Eu

rop

e

Ko

len

do

, 1

95

9

d

o

O.u

kra

ina

e -

Tu

nis

ia N

ort

h

Afr

ica

Bak

er,

19

81

d

o

O.

itw

anit

zkyi

S

mal

l in

test

ine

Lo

w l

and

reg

ion

s

of

river

Tis

a K

ezo

k,

19

71

d

o

O.

ukr

ain

ae

do

Cze

cho

slo

vak

ia,

Cen

tral

Euro

pe

Ivan

itzk

y,

19

28

d

o

do

- U

kra

ine,

SS

R

Eu

rop

e Iv

anit

zky,

19

30

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

A

lim

enta

ry c

anal

Ir

eq S

ou

th-W

est

Asi

a B

arw

ari

and N

assi

r,

19

83

2

Bufo

vulg

ari

s ja

po

nic

us

Lat

aste

, 1

88

0

O.

bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

61)

syn

. O

. so

cia

lis

No

t d

escr

ibed

E

uro

pe,

Asi

a an

d

Afr

ica

M

ori

shit

a, 1

92

6

d

o

do

Inte

stin

e S

inta

ka

and

Toti

no

saw

a Y

amagu

ti,

19

53

3

B.

vulg

ari

s L

aure

nti

, 1

76

8

(co

mm

on

to

ad)

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

syn

. A

sca

ris

ten

uis

sim

a S

chra

nk,

17

88

A.

inte

stin

ali

s

Gm

elin

,179

0 ;

A.

bufo

nis

Gm

el,

17

90

, e.

p. ;

Cu

cull

an

us

ran

ae

Gm

el,

17

90

do

Eu

rop

e an

d A

sia

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

d

o

do

do

do

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

Str

ong

ylus

auri

cula

ris

Zed

er,

18

00

, e.

p.

Asc

ari

s

seti

form

is G

oez

e in

Zed

er, 1

80

0 S

tro

ngyl

us

dis

par

Duja

rdin

, 1

84

5.

Wal

ton

, 1

93

5,

O.

insu

lae

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

do

do

Su

dar

iko

v,

19

51

d

o

O.f

ilif

orm

is (

Go

eze,

17

82

) sy

n.

Asc

ari

s

ten

uis

sim

a S

chra

nk,

17

88

; A

. in

test

inali

s

Gm

elin

, 17

90

; A

. b

ufo

nis

Gm

el,

17

90

e.p

.;

Cu

cull

atu

s ra

na

e G

mel

, 1

79

0 ;

Str

ong

ylus

do

do

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

Page 66: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

3

au

ricu

lari

s Z

eder

, 1

80

0 e

.p.

Asc

ari

s se

tifo

rmis

Go

eze

in Z

eder

, 1

80

0 S

tro

ng

ylus

dis

pa

r

Duja

rdin

, 18

45

Wal

ton

, 1

93

5

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

Sm

all

inte

stin

e d

o

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

B

ufo

spp

. d

o

No

t d

escr

ibed

E

uro

pe

and

Asi

a

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

do

N.a

mer

ica

Wal

ton

, 19

29

d

o

O.

wa

lto

ni

do

Geo

rgia

(E

uro

pe)

In

gle

s, 1

93

6

d

o

O.

dlo

uhyi

-

Bra

zil,

Sou

th

Am

eric

a B

en S

lim

ane

and

Du

rett

e - D

esse

t,

19

95

a,b

d

o

O.

cha

mb

rier

i -

do

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t,

19

96

a,

d

o

O.b

iala

ta

- B

ulg

aria

(un

kn

ow

n

loca

lity

)

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t et

al.

,

19

93

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

So

uth

Eas

t

Eu

rop

e d

o

d

o

do

- F

ran

ce,

Wes

t

Eu

rop

e D

ure

tte-

Des

set,

19

93

d

o

do

No

t d

escr

ibed

E

uro

pe

and

Asi

a T

ravas

sos,

19

37

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

do

N.

amer

ica

Wal

ton

, 19

29

d

o

O.

wa

lto

ni

do

Bra

zil,

Sou

th

Am

eric

a In

gle

s, 1

93

6

d

o

O.

dlo

uhyi

-

do

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e -D

esse

t,

19

95

a,b

d

o

O.

cha

mb

rier

i -

Bu

lgar

ia

(Un

kn

ow

n

loca

lity

)

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t,

19

96

a

d

o

O.

bia

lata

-

So

uth

Eas

t

Eu

rop

e D

ure

tte-

Des

set

et a

l,

19

93

Page 67: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

4

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

Fra

nce

, W

est

Eu

rop

e D

o

d

o

O.

alb

are

ti

- F

ran

ce,

Gu

yan

a,S

ou

th

Am

eric

a

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t, 1

99

6

d

o

O.l

ente

ixei

rai

- C

ub

a, W

est

Ind

ies

Bar

us,

19

73

4

B.

mel

an

ost

ictu

s S

chn

eid

er,

17

99

(co

mm

on

In

dia

n t

oad

,

Bac

k s

trip

ed t

oad

or

com

mo

n

Ben

gal

to

ad)

O.

hep

ari

a

liver

H

ano

i an

d

Had

on

g

(To

ngkin

g),

Fre

nch

In

do

-

Ch

ina,

Can

ton

=(K

wan

ge

cho

w)

in C

hin

a

Ko

o,

19

39

d

o

O.

ho

epp

li

Sm

all

inte

stin

e H

ano

i an

d H

a-

Do

ng,

Fre

nch

Ind

o-

Ch

ina,

S.

Ch

ina

and

Fo

rmo

sa

Hsu

, 1

93

5

d

o

O.

mel

an

ost

icti

d

o

Ban

gla

des

h a

nd

Eas

t P

akis

tan

,

So

uth

Asi

a

Gup

ta,

196

0

d

o

O. g

eoze

i N

ot

des

crib

ed

Eu

rop

e an

d A

sia

Mal

aya,

So

uth

Eas

t

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

do

Inte

stin

e A

sia

Yu

en,

19

63

5

B.

bo

reas

Bai

rd a

nd

Gir

ard

,

19

52

(W

este

rn t

oad

or

Bo

real

toad

)

O.

wa

lto

ni

do

Cal

ifo

rnia

(U

SA

) In

gle

s, 1

93

6

d

o

do

- S

ou

th C

alif

orn

ia,

US

A

Ko

ller

and

Gau

din

,

19

76

6

B.

ag

ua L

inn

aeu

s, 1

75

8 (

Aga

toad

of

Gia

nt

toad

) B

razi

lian

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ria

(R

ud

olp

hi,

18

19

)

Am

eric

a (B

razi

l

and

Ecu

ado

r)

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t, 1

99

5

Page 68: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

5

and

Eca

ud

ori

an B

ufo

nid

ae.

Arg

enti

nea

n B

ufo

nid

ae

-

d

o

do

inte

stin

e d

o

Tra

vas

oo

s, 1

91

7

d

o

O.

mazz

ai

- U

SA

T

ravas

sos,

19

35a,

b

d

o

do

-

Agen

tin

a (U

SA

Am

eric

a)

Ben

Sli

man

e ab

nd

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t, 1

99

5

a,b

. 7

B.

cru

cife

r W

ied

-Neu

wie

d,

18

21

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19)

-

Am

eric

a (B

razi

l

and

US

A)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

8

B. fo

rmosu

s B

oie

, 1

82

6

(Tai

wan

toad

) O

. in

sula

e in

test

ine

Jap

an,

Eas

t A

sia

M

ori

shit

a,1

92

6

9

B.

am

eric

an

us

am

eric

an

us

Ho

lbro

ok,

18

36 (

B. le

nti

gio

us,

Am

eric

an t

oad

or

Eas

tern

Am

eric

an t

oad

)

O. p

ipie

ns

Sm

all

inte

stin

e W

aukes

ha,

Wis

con

sin

US

A

Bo

lek a

nd

Co

ggin

s,

20

00

d

o

do

do

So

uth

Wes

tern

wes

t V

irgin

ia,

US

A

Han

na

and J

oy,

20

03

1

0

B.

reg

ula

ris

Reu

ss,

18

33

(co

mm

on

Eg

yp

tian

to

ads

or

Reu

ss’s

to

ad)

O.

ho

epp

lii

-

Rai

n f

ore

st a

nd

man

gro

ve

fore

st

zon

es o

f so

uth

wes

tern

Nig

eria

in A

fric

a

Ais

ien

et

al.,

2

00

1

1

1

B.

reg

ula

ris

Fit

zin

ger

, 18

26

(co

mm

on

Eg

yp

tian

to

ads

or

Reu

ss’s

to

ad)

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

-

Kh

arto

um

,

Su

dan

, E

ast

Afr

ica

Pik

e, 1

97

9

d

o

O.

ho

epp

lii

- G

abo

n,

Eq

ual

Afr

ica

B

aker

, 1

98

1

12

B. fo

wle

ri C

op

e, 1

87

5

(Fo

wle

r’s

toad

) O

. w

alt

oni

- -

Ingle

s, 1

93

6

13

B.

emp

usu

s C

op

e, 1

86

2

O.

ba

rusi

-

Cub

a, W

est

Ind

ies

Sen

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t, 1

99

5

Page 69: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

6

a,b

1

4

B.

cam

eru

nen

sis

Par

ker

, 1

93

6

O.

oh

lera

e

- C

amer

oo

n,.

Wes

t

Afr

ica

S

en S

lim

ane

and

Du

rett

e - D

esse

t,

19

96

b.

1

5

B.

reti

form

is S

ander

s an

d

Sm

ith

, 1

95

1 (

San

ora

n g

reen

toad

or

des

ert

toad

s)

O. p

ipie

ns

Sto

mac

h a

nd

sm

all

inte

stin

e P

ima

cou

ntr

y

So

uth

ern

Ari

zon

a, U

SA

Go

ldb

erg e

t al

.,

19

96

a

1

6

B.

typ

hon

ius

(Lin

nae

us,

175

8)

Eca

ud

ori

an a

mp

hib

ian

O

. le

scu

rei

- G

uyan

a, S

ou

th

Am

eric

a B

en S

lim

ane

and

Du

rett

e - D

esse

t,

19

96

c.

d

o

O.

cha

mb

rier

i

Sto

mac

h a

nd

sm

all

inte

stin

e N

apo

Pro

vin

ce,

Eca

ud

ato

r S

ou

th

Am

eric

a

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t,

19

93

. 1

7

Bufo

hem

inop

hry

s C

op

e, 1

88

6

(Can

adia

n t

oad

) O

. p

ipie

ns

- A

lber

t,C

anad

a,

US

A

Bu

rsey

an

d G

old

ber

g,

19

98

. 1

8

B.

alv

ari

us

Gir

and

, 1

85

9

(Gia

nt

toad

or

des

ert

toad

s)

do

Gas

tro

inte

stin

al

trac

ts

So

uth

ern

Ari

zon

a

US

A

Go

ldb

erg a

nd

BU

rsey

, 1

99

1a

19

B.

cog

natu

s S

ay,

18

23

(G

reat

pla

ins

toad

or

des

ert

toad

s)

do

do

do

do

2

0

B. p

un

cta

tus

Bai

rd a

nd

Gir

ard

18

52

(R

ed s

pott

ed t

oad

or

des

ert

toad

)

do

do

do

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t, 1

99

3

Go

ldb

erg a

nd

Bu

rsey

,

19

91

b.

2

1

B.

ara

bic

us

O.

ara

bic

a

S

mal

l in

test

ine

Ab

ha,

Sau

di

Ara

bia

, S

outh

Wes

t A

sia

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t et

al.

,

19

92

22

B.

lati

fro

ns

Bo

ule

nger

, 1

900

O. p

erre

ti

Inte

stin

e C

amer

oo

n,

Wes

t

Afr

ica

D

ure

tte-

Des

set

and

Vau

cher

, 1

97

9

23

B.g

raci

lip

es B

ou

len

ger

,18

99

O. g

raci

lip

es

do

do

Do

24

B.

ori

enta

lis

Hey

den

, 1

827

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- S

aud

i- A

rab

ia

So

uth

Wes

t A

sia

Nas

her

, 1

97

9

25

B.

ha

ust

orn

ensi

s S

and

ers,

19

53

(E

nd

anger

ed H

ou

sto

n

O. p

ipie

ns

- T

exas

, U

SA

T

ho

mas

et

al.,

19

84

Page 70: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

7

toad

) 2

6

B. ja

po

nic

us

Tem

min

ck a

nd

Sch

legel

, 1

83

8

O.

insu

lae

N

ot

men

tio

ned

H

on

shu

, Ja

pan

G

old

ber

g a

nd

Bu

rsey

,

20

02

d

o

O. so

ciali

s

do

do

do

2

7

B. fo

rmosa

nus

Blg

r, 1

88

3

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

syn

. A

sca

ris

tem

uis

sim

a S

chra

nk,

17

88

; A

. in

test

inali

s

Gm

elin

, 17

90

; A

. b

ufo

nis

Gm

el,

17

90

e.p

.

Str

ong

ylus

auri

cula

ris

Zed

er,

18

00

e.p

. A

scari

s

seti

form

is G

oez

e in

Zed

er,1

80

0 ;

Str

ong

ylus

dis

par

Duja

rdin

, 1

84

5 W

alto

n,

19

35

. O

. in

sula

e

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

.

do

Eu

rop

e an

d a

sia

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

28

B. m

usi

ca L

innae

us,

17

66

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19)

inte

stin

e A

mer

ica

(Bra

zil

and

US

A)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

2

9

B.

am

eric

an

us

Holb

roo

k,

18

36

(Eas

tern

Am

eric

an t

oad

or

= B

.

lenti

gio

us)

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

N.

amer

ica

do

d

o

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19)

inte

stin

e A

mer

ica

(Bra

zil

and

US

A)

do

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

- ?

do

d

o

O.

au

deb

erta

e S

mal

l in

test

ine

Can

ada,

Onta

rio

Alg

on

qu

in P

ark

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t, 1

99

7

d

o

O.

can

ad

ensi

s -

do

do

d

o

O. st

even

si

- d

o

do

d

o

O.

an

der

son

i S

mal

l in

test

ine

Can

ada,

Onta

rio

,

Gu

elp

h

do

30

B.

terr

estr

is B

on

nat

erre

, 1

76

9

(Co

mm

on

to

ad)

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Nea

rcti

c re

gio

n

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

3

1

B.

ma

rin

us

Len

nae

us,

17

58

(Aga

toad

, gia

nt

toad

, ca

ne

toad

or

mar

ine

toad

)

O.m

azz

ai

do

Arg

enti

na,

Par

agu

ay i

n

So

uth

Am

eric

a

Tra

vas

sos,

19

35a,

b

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Inte

stin

e A

mer

ica

(Bra

zil

and

US

A)

do

Page 71: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

8

d

o

O.m

azz

ai

Sm

all

inte

stin

e

(so

met

ime

sto

mac

h)

and

lar

ge

inte

stin

e

So

uth

Afr

ica

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Lu

evo

Leo

n,

Mex

uco

M

arti

nez

, 1

96

9

d

o

O.

tara

nch

oni

- P

ern

amb

uco

,

Bra

zil

(So

uth

Am

eric

a)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

35a,

b.

d

o

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19)

- U

SA

B

en S

lim

ane

and

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t,19

95

a,b

an

d 1

99

6a.

d

o

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Ch

ipas

, M

exic

o

(N.

Am

eric

a)

Cab

alle

ro Y

Cab

alle

ro,

19

49,1

95

4

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

do

Ver

acru

z,

Mex

ico

Gu

ille

n-H

ern

and

ez,

19

92

d

o

O.v

enez

uel

ensi

s -

Car

acas

Ven

ezu

ela,

So

uth

Am

eric

a

Ben

Sli

man

e et

al.

,

19

96

d

o

do

- T

rinid

ad (

Mt.

Hop

e an

d S

t.

Jose

ph i

n n

ort

h

and

Deb

e in

sou

th)

Wes

t

Ind

ies

Rag

oo

an

d O

mah

-

Mah

araj

20

03

.

d

o

O.s

ub

au

ricu

lari

s (R

ud

olp

hi,

18

19

) -

Bra

zil,

Sou

th

Am

eric

a S

pea

re,1

90

0 B

aker

,

19

87

.

d

o

O.

mazz

ai

- A

rgen

tin

a B

aker

, 1

98

7

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- L

on

do

n Z

oo

Sp

eare

, 1

99

0

32

B.

ma

rin

us

ma

rin

us

O

. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

-

Co

sta

Ric

a

Cen

tral

Am

eric

a B

ren

es a

nd

Bra

vo

Ho

llis

, 1

95

9

33

B. p

ara

cnem

is L

utz

, 1

92

5

O.

mazz

ai

Sm

all

inte

stin

e

(so

met

imes

So

uth

Afr

ica

and

Arg

enti

na,

Tra

vas

sos,

19

35a,

b

Page 72: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

6

9

Host

- P

ara

site

lis

t of

Ran

a S

pp

., L

inn

aeu

s, 1

768 w

ith

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

pp

. T

ravass

os,

1917 i

n I

nd

ia

Sr.

No

. H

ost

s P

aras

ite

Lo

cati

on

Lo

cali

ty

Au

tho

rs

C

lass

: A

mp

hib

ia L

innae

us,

17

58

Cla

ss:

Nem

ato

da,

Rud

olp

hi

18

08

, E

men

d,

Die

sin

g,

18

61

S

ub

Cla

ss:

Lis

sam

ph

ibia

Hae

ckel

, 1

866

Ord

er:

Str

on

gyli

da

Mo

lin

,

18

61

O

rder

: A

nu

ra R

afin

esq

ue,

18

15

Fam

ily:

Ran

idae

Gra

y,

18

25

Gen

us:

Bufo

Gra

y,

18

25

Fam

ily:

Mo

lin

eid

ae

(Skrj

abin

and

Sch

ulz

, 1

93

7)

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t an

d

Ch

abau

d,

19

77

Gen

us:

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

1

Ra

na

cya

nop

hly

ctis

Sch

nei

der

,

17

99

(S

kip

per

, fr

og)

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a i

nd

ica

inte

stin

e L

uck

no

w (

U.P

.)

Lal

, 1

944

R

an

a s

p.

O.

fili

form

is (

Goez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

Liv

er,

sto

mac

h

inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Du

m D

um

24

Par

gan

as

(No

rth

), B

has

na,

24

Par

gan

as

(So

uth

) dis

tric

t W

est

Ben

gal

,

Ch

itra

ku

nd

a an

d k

orr

apu

t ,

Mah

aras

htr

a

So

ota

an

d

Ch

atu

rved

i, 1

97

2

d

o

O. g

oez

ei S

krj

abin

an

d

Sch

ulz

, 1

95

2

Inte

stin

e

Gan

dac

her

a, N

ort

h D

ist.

Tri

pura

D

ey S

arkar

, 1

99

1

d

o

do

N

ot

men

tio

ned

d

o

Dey

Sar

kar

, 2

00

0

sto

mac

h)

and

lar

ge

inte

stin

e P

arag

uay

in

So

uth

Am

eric

a

34

B.

ori

enta

lis

War

ner

e,1

89

5

(B.v

irid

is o

rien

tali

s)

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- S

aud

i A

rabia

So

uth

Wes

t A

sia

Nas

her

, 1

97

9

Page 73: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

0

d

o

do

do

Lil

uah

, B

elu

r, H

abra

an

d

So

nar

pur

in W

.B.

Mu

lul

Du

tta,

20

07

R

. ti

gri

na

Dau

din

, 1

803

(In

dia

n

bu

ll f

rog o

r ko

la B

ang)

O

. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

Sto

mac

h,

inte

stin

e

and

rec

tum

V

ario

us

dis

tric

ts i

n s

tate

of

W.B

.

Dey

Sar

kar

, 1

99

8

d

o

do

do

Lil

uah

, B

elu

r, H

abra

an

d

So

nar

pur

in W

.B.

Mu

ku

l D

utt

a, 2

00

7

R

. h

exa

dact

yla

les

son

, 1

834

(In

dia

n g

reen

fro

g o

r p

ond

fro

g)

O

. g

oez

ei (

Lar

val

fo

rm)

do

do

do

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

Gal

l bla

dd

er

Var

ious

dis

tric

t in

sta

te o

f W

.B.

Dey

Sar

kar

, 1

99

8

R

. cy

an

ofl

icti

s S

chnei

der

, 17

99

(Skip

pin

g f

rog)

do

Sto

mac

h,

inte

stin

e

and

rec

tum

S

hil

lon

g,

Eas

t K

has

i, H

ill,

Th

adla

skin

, Ja

inti

a H

ills

Dis

t.

Meg

hal

aya

Dey

Sar

kar

, 1

99

9

Host

- P

ara

site

lis

t of

Ran

a s

pp

. L

inn

aeu

s, 1

768 w

ith

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

pp

. T

ravass

os,

1917 i

n W

orl

d

Sr.

no

.

Ho

st

Par

asit

e

Lo

cati

on

L

oca

lity

A

uth

or

C

lass

: A

mp

hib

ia L

innae

us,

17

58

Sub

Cla

ss:

Lis

sam

ph

ibia

Hae

ckel

, 1

866

Ord

er:

An

ura

Raf

ines

qu

e

18

15

Fam

ily:

Ran

idae

, G

ray,

18

25

Gen

us:

Ran

a L

inn

aeu

s, 1

768

Cla

ss:

Nem

ato

da

Ru

do

lph

i,

18

08

Em

end

Die

sin

g,

18

61.

Str

on

gylo

ida,

Koli

n 1

86

1

Ord

er:

Moli

nei

dae

(S

krj

abin

and

Sch

ulz

, 1

93

7)

Du

rett

e-

Des

set

and

Chab

aud

, 1

97

7

Gen

us

: O

swal

do

cru

zia

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

1

Ra

na

trm

po

rari

a L

inn

aus,

17

58

(Co

mm

on

Eu

rop

ean

fro

g,

“Gre

en f

rog”

of

Eu

rop

e or

gra

ss f

rog)

O.

au

ricu

lari

s (Z

eder

, 1

80

0)

syn

. o

f O

. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e,

17

82

)

- E

uro

pe

Yo

rke

and

Map

lest

on

e, 1

92

6

d

o

O.

bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

60)

syn

.

O. so

ciali

s S

mal

l in

test

ine

Eu

rop

e, A

sia

and

Afr

ica

T

ravas

sos,

19

17

Page 74: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

1

d

o

O. p

rob

lem

ati

ca

do

Ukra

in (

Euro

pe)

an

d U

kra

inia

n

SS

R

Ivan

itsk

ii,

19

40

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

Inte

stin

e Ja

pan

Eas

t A

sia

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

d

o

O. fu

kufi

rnus

(Go

eze,

17

82)

Sm

all

inte

stin

e -

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

O.

ran

ae

- K

azak

hst

an

Sob

ole

va,

19

75

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

So

uth

Eas

t o

f H

ud

der

s fi

elds,

En

gla

nd

Lee

s, 1

96

2

d

o

do

- S

ou

th S

wed

en N

ort

h E

uro

pe

Ced

hag

en,

19

88

d

o

d

o

Fir

st h

alf

of

smal

l

inte

stin

e C

o.

Dub

lin

, C

o.

Mea

th a

nd

Iris

h R

epub

lici

n I

rela

nd

, W

est

Eu

rop

e

Gri

ffin

, 1

98

9

d

o

do

- N

eth

erla

nd

s (H

oll

and)

wes

t

Eu

rop

e H

end

rikx

, 1

983

d

o

do

Ora

l in

fect

ion

, gal

l

bla

dder

-

Bo

zhko

v a

nd

Sto

iko

va,

19

70

do

d

o

- P

eter

h o

f P

ark,

nea

r S

aint

Pet

ersb

urg

Ru

ssia

.

Gin

etsi

nsk

aya

and

Go

lub

eva,

19

90

,

19

91

.

d

o

do

- G

or’

kii

., U

SS

R

Leb

edin

skii

, 1

98

1

d

o

do

- L

itto

ral

of

the

bay

of

Kurs

hyu

s

Mar

es L

ith

uan

ian

, S

SR

G

etse

nic

hyu

te,

19

78.

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

- K

azak

hst

an

Sob

ole

va,

19

75

.

d

o

Lar

vae

of

O. fi

lifo

rmis

S

tom

ach

an

d i

nte

stin

e K

aunas

in

th

e L

ith

uan

ian

, S

SR

H

end

rikx

, 1

983

do

O.

bia

lata

- G

aizh

ausk

ene

and

Ges

tsev

ich

yu

yr,

19

70

.

T

adp

ole

s of

R.

tem

po

rari

a

O. fi

lifo

rmis

O

ral

infe

ctio

n

- -

2

R. ja

po

nic

a G

uen

ther

, 1

85

8

(Jap

anes

e fr

og)

O.

bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

60)

syn

.

O. so

ciali

s S

mal

l in

test

ine

Eu

rop

e, A

sia

and

Afr

ica

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

3

R.

nig

rom

acu

lata

Hal

low

ell,

18

60

(co

mm

on

est

po

nd

fro

g

d

o

d

o

d

o

d

o

Page 75: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

2

of

nort

h C

hin

a o

r bla

ck

spo

tted

fro

g)

d

o

O. so

ciali

s

inte

stin

e Ja

pan

Eas

t A

sia

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

d

o

do

do

do

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

4

R.

del

ala

ndii

Du

mm

eril

and

Bir

bo

n, 1

83

9

do

do

do

Do

d

o

do

do

Eu

rop

e T

ravas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O.

na

tale

nsi

s S

tom

ach

an

d i

nte

stin

e A

fric

a (N

atal

) W

aldto

n, 1

93

5

5

R. p

alu

stri

s L

e C

on

te,

18

25

(Am

eric

an s

p.

Or

Pic

ker

et

fro

g)

O.

coll

ari

s in

test

ine

No

rth

Am

eric

a W

alto

n,

19

29

d

o

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

do

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

S

mal

l in

test

ine

do

Wal

ton

, 19

29

d

o

O.

coll

ari

s -

No

rth

Am

eric

a (U

SA

) D

o

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

- A

rkan

sas,

US

A

Mca

llis

ter,

et

al.,

19

95

6

R.

cate

sbei

an

a S

haw

, 1

80

2

(So

uth

ern y

ello

w l

egged

fro

g o

r A

mer

ican

bull

fro

g)

O.

coll

ari

s -

do

Wal

ton

, 19

29

d

o

O. p

rice

ae

No

t m

enti

on

ed

No

rth

Am

eric

a

Do

7

R. sp

hen

oce

pha

la C

op

e,

18

89

(R

. h

ale

cin

a

sph

enoce

ph

ala

)

O.

coll

ari

s -

do

Do

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

No

t m

enti

on

ed

do

Wal

ton

, 19

29

8

R.

rug

osa

Tem

min

ck a

nd

Sch

legel

, 1

83

8 (

Ro

ugh

fro

g)

typ

e h

ost

O.

insu

lae

Mo

rish

ita,

192

9

inte

stin

e Ja

pan

W

alto

n,

19

35

d

o

do

do

Eu

rop

e an

d A

sia

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

Sm

all

inte

stin

e d

o

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

9

R.

rug

ulo

sa W

ieg

man

n,

18

35

(In

dia

n b

ull

fro

g o

r

O.

ho

epp

lii

Sm

all

inte

stin

e In

do

-Ch

ina,

S.

Ch

ina

and

Fo

rmo

sa

Hsi

i, 1

93

5

Page 76: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

3

Ch

ines

e b

ull

fro

g R

. ti

gri

na

pa

them

ina

of

Ste

ineg

er,

19

25

)

d

o

do

- H

ano

i, V

ietn

am

Mo

ravec

an

d s

ey,

19

85

10

R.

lim

noch

ari

s G

raven

ho

rst,

18

29

d

o

Sm

all

inte

stin

e In

do

-Ch

ina,

S.

Ch

ina

and

Fo

rmo

sa

Hsi

i, 1

93

5

R

. g

raci

lis

Wei

gm

ann

, 1

834

of

Bo

ule

nger

, 1

920

(T

he

Ind

ian

ric

e fr

og o

r th

e In

do

-

Ch

ines

e fr

og o

r In

dia

n

cric

ket

fro

g o

r G

rass

fro

g o

r

Pad

dy f

ield

fro

g )

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

N.

amer

ica

Tra

vas

sos,

19

77

d

o

O.

ho

epp

lii

- H

ano

i, V

ietn

am

Mo

ravec

an

d S

ey,

19

85

11

R. cl

am

ita

ns

Lat

reil

le, 1

80

1

(Am

eric

an g

reen

fro

g)

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

N.

amer

ica

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

1

2

R. p

ipie

ns

Sch

reb

er,

17

82

(No

rth

ern

Leo

par

d f

rog,

Am

eric

an s

pec

ies

)

O. p

ipie

ns

do

do

Wal

ton

, 19

29

d

o

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19

) in

test

ine

Am

eric

a (B

razi

l an

d U

SA

) T

ravas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

-

No

rth

Dak

ota

an

d S

ou

th

Dak

ota

, U

SA

G

old

ber

g e

t al

., 2

001

d

o

O.

wa

lto

ni

- -

Ingle

s, 1

93

6

d

o

O. p

rice

ae

Sm

all

inte

stin

e C

anad

a, O

nta

rio

Alg

on

qu

in

par

k

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t, 1

99

7

d

o

O. st

even

si

- -

do

d

o

O.

leid

yi

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Fu

lton

, H

an-C

ock

, L

ucc

as,

Ott

awa

and

Wo

od

Co

unti

es i

n

N.W

. O

hio

.

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

F

rogle

ts o

f N

ort

her

n l

eop

ard

fro

g R

. p

ipie

ns

and a

dult

R.

do

- F

rom

fo

ggy B

ott

om

Mar

sh i

n

So

uth

ern

Mic

hig

an,

US

A

Gil

lill

and

an

d

Mu

zzal

l (1

99

9)

Page 77: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

4

pip

iens

13

R.

au

rota

Bai

rd a

nd

Gir

ard

,

18

52

(W

este

rn w

oo

d f

rog)

O.

wa

lto

ni

inte

stin

e C

alif

orn

ia, N

ort

h A

mer

ica

In

gle

s, 1

93

6

1

4

R.

escu

lenta

Lin

nae

us,

17

58

(Eu

ropia

n p

on

d f

rog o

r

Ed

ible

fro

g o

r ea

table

fro

g o

f

Eu

rop

e)

O.

bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

60)

Sm

all

inte

stin

e E

uro

pe

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

do

Eu

rop

e an

d A

sia

Skrj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

- -

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

- N

ovis

ad i

n Y

ogo

slav

ia,

Euro

pe

R

ozm

an,

19

71

15

Ra

na

japo

nic

a G

uen

ther

,

18

59

(Ja

pan

ese

fro

g)

O.

bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

60)

syn

.

O. so

ciali

s

Sm

all

inte

stin

e E

uro

pe,

Asi

a an

d A

fric

a

Mo

rish

ita,

19

26

d

o

do

do

Eu

rop

e T

ravas

sos,

19

17

d

o

O. so

ciali

s in

test

ine

Jap

an,

Eas

t A

sia

M

ori

shit

a, 1

92

6

16

R.

ridib

un

da

Pal

las,

17

71

(lak

e fr

og o

r m

arsh

fro

g)

O. g

oez

ei

Sm

all

inte

stin

e E

uro

pe

and

Asi

a S

krj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- B

urs

a an

d E

dir

ne

regio

ns

of

Turk

ey,

Asi

a

Yil

dir

imh

an e

t al

.,

19

96

d

o

O. g

oez

ei

- K

azak

hst

an, V

olg

a D

elta

,

Ru

ssia

S

ob

ole

va,

19

75

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

in

test

ine

Sau

di

Ara

bia

So

uth

Wes

t A

sia

Dub

inin

a, 1

950

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

- N

ot

men

tio

ned

F

ern

and

o,

19

89

17

R.

tara

hu

ma

rae

Bo

ule

nger

,

19

17

(T

arah

um

ara

fro

gs)

O

. p

ipie

ns

inte

stin

e S

on

ora

Mex

ico

, U

SA

B

urs

ey a

nd

Gold

ber

g,

20

01

1

8

R.

bla

iri

Mec

ham

,

Lit

tlej

oh

n,

Old

ham

, B

row

and

Bro

wn

, 19

73

(P

lain

s

leop

ard

fro

g)

do

- C

olo

rad

o,

Iow

a K

ansa

,

Neb

rask

a an

d T

exas

, U

SA

Go

ldb

erg,

20

00

1

9

R. g

ryli

o =

(A

cris

gry

llus)

Ste

jneg

er,

19

01

(S

ou

ther

n

O.

min

uta

-

- W

alto

n,

19

41

Page 78: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

5

cric

ket

fro

g)

20

R.

corn

uta

= C

era

top

hry

s

corn

uta

(H

orn

ed f

rog)

O. su

ba

uri

cula

ris

(Ru

dolp

hi,

18

19

) -

- T

ravas

sos,

19

17

21

R.

bo

reali

s O

. w

alt

oni

- -

Ingle

s, 1

93

6

2

2

R.

ma

cro

enem

is B

ou

len

ger

,

18

85

Tu

rkis

h f

rog o

r

Men

ora

siat

ic f

rog o

r U

ludag

fro

g

O. sc

hlu

zi

- -

Din

nik

, 1

93

7

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

- T

urk

ey,

Wes

t A

sia

Yil

dir

imh

an,

et a

l.,

19

97

D

o (

tadp

ole

s)

do

- ?

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

2

3

R. sy

lva

tica

Le

Co

nte

, 1

825

(wo

od

fro

g)

O. p

ipie

ns

- W

isco

nsi

n (

US

A)

Can

ada,

Gu

elp

h e

t A

lgo

nq

uin

Par

k,

On

tari

o

Yo

der

and

Co

ggin

s,

19

96

d

o

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Nea

rcti

c re

gio

n

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t, 1

99

7

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

Wal

ton

, 1

92

9

- Iz

ard

co

un

try,

Ark

ansa

s, U

SA

M

c A

llis

ter,

et

al.,

19

95

d

o

O. p

ipie

ns

Sto

mac

h,

smal

l

inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Ro

se l

ake

area

, so

uth

ern

low

er

Mic

hig

an,

US

A

Mu

zzal

an

d P

eeb

les,

19

91

d

o

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Wal

ton

, 19

29

2

4

R.

(Am

nir

an

a)

am

nic

ola

Per

ret,

19

77

(H

yla

rana

amn

ico

la)

O.

inei

chi

- C

amer

oo

n,

Wes

t A

fric

a D

esse

t, 1

99

6b

2

5

R.

arv

ali

s N

icols

son

, 1

84

2

(Mo

or

fro

g)

= (

R.

oxy

rrh

inus)

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

Iris

h r

iver

bas

in,

Sib

eria

,

Ru

ssia

V

akker

, 1

99

0

d

o

do

- K

uib

ysh

ev,

Res

ervo

ir,

US

SR

B

ori

sova,

19

88

d

o

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

So

uth

ern

Sw

eden

No

rth

Euro

pe

Ced

hag

en,

19

88

26

R.

kuh

lii

Tsc

hud

i, 1

83

8

O.

ho

epp

lii

- H

ano

i, V

ietn

am

Mo

ravec

an

d S

ey,

19

85

R

. sy

nkl

epto

n R

. es

cule

nta

=

R.

escu

lenta

(K

lepto

n R

.

- B

ulg

aru

a, u

nkn

ow

n l

oca

lity

,

So

uth

-Eas

t E

uro

pe

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t et

al.

,

19

93

Page 79: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

6

27

escu

lenta

x R

. le

sso

nae)

O

. b

iala

ta

d

o

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

do

Du

rett

e-D

esse

t et

al.

,

19

93

d

o

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Fra

nce

, W

est

Eu

rope

Do

d

o

O. g

uye

tan

ii

- d

o

do

d

o

O.

du

bo

isi

- d

o

do

2

8

R.

tigri

na

Dau

din

, 1

803

(In

dia

n b

ull

fro

g o

r co

mm

on

Ind

ian

fro

g)

O.

mel

an

ost

icti

i

Sm

all

inte

stin

e E

ast

Pak

ista

n,

south

Asi

a G

up

ta,

196

0

do

O.g

oez

ei S

krj

abin

an

d S

chulz

,

19

52

Sm

all

inte

stin

e,

sto

mac

h (

bel

ow

ho

rney

lay

er)

occ

asio

nal

ly f

rom

rect

um

Lil

uah

, B

elu

r, H

abra

an

d

So

nar

pur

in W

.B.

Ind

ia.

Mu

ku

l D

utt

a, 2

00

7

d

o

do

Sm

all

inte

stin

e B

angla

des

h

Gup

ta,

196

0

29

R.

ma

cro

do

n D

um

eril

an

d

Bib

ron

, 1

84

1

O.

roh

dei

-

Mal

aya,

So

uth

Eas

t A

sia

Yu

en,

19

63

d

o

O. so

ciali

s

- d

o

do

d

o

O.

ho

epp

lii

inte

stin

e d

o

do

30

R. g

race

a B

ou

len

ger

, 1

891

O. fi

lifo

rmis

-

Bit

ola

Dis

t. O

f M

accd

on

i,

Yo

go

slav

ia

Hri

sto

vsk

i, 1

97

5

d

o

do

- B

ulg

aria

, so

uth

Eas

t E

uro

pe

Bak

er,

19

78

3

1

R.

tem

po

rari

a t

emp

ora

ria

R.

can

criv

ora

Gra

ven

hors

t,

18

29

(C

rab

eat

ing f

rog)

d

o

- E

uro

pe

Gri

ffin

, 1

98

8

d

o

O.

ho

epp

lii

inte

stin

e M

alay

a, s

ou

th e

ast

Asi

a Y

uen

, 1

96

3

3

2

R.

hex

ad

act

yla

Les

son

, 1

834

(In

dia

n p

on

d f

rog o

r gre

en

fro

g)

O. g

oez

ei S

krj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

Sm

all

inte

stin

e,

sto

mac

h (

bel

ow

ho

rney

lay

er)

occ

asio

nal

ly f

rom

rect

um

Lil

uah

, B

elu

r, H

abra

an

d

So

nar

pur

in W

.B.

Mu

ku

l D

utt

a, 2

00

7.

d

o

Lar

val

fo

rms

of

O. g

oez

ei

Gal

l bla

dd

er

do

do

Page 80: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

7

33

R.

cya

no

Ph

lyct

is (

Skip

per

fro

g)

O.

mel

an

ost

icti

i S

mal

l in

test

ine

Ban

gla

des

h

Gup

ta,

196

0

34

R.

tem

po

rari

a o

rna

tive

ntr

is

Wer

ner

O

.bia

lata

(M

oli

n,

18

60)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

Sto

mac

h a

nd

in

test

ine

Sin

taka

and

Toti

nos

Yam

agu

ti,

19

53

Ra

na

sp

. O

. fi

lifo

rmis

inte

stin

e

do

Ben

Sli

man

e an

d

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t, 1

99

3

(a)

d

o

O.

bia

lata

d

o

Cen

tral

Euro

pe

do

d

o

O.

du

bo

isi

do

II d

e F

ran

ce, W

est

Euro

pe

d

o

d

o

O. g

uye

tan

ti

do

Bes

anco

n,

Fra

nce

, W

est

Eu

rop

e d

o

d

o

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

do

Wes

tern

Eu

rop

e d

o

d

o

O.w

alt

oni

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Geo

rgia

(E

uro

pe)

In

gle

s, 1

93

6

do

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

(=

Asc

ari

s

fili

form

is G

oez

e, 1

782

) =

A.

ten

uis

sim

a S

chra

nk ,

17

88

; =

A.

inte

stin

ali

s G

mel

in,

1790

;

A.

bufo

nis

Gm

el,

17

90 ;

ex

.P.

cucu

lla

nus

ran

ae

Gm

el ,

179

0

= S

tro

ng

ylus

au

ricu

lari

s

Zed

er,

18

00

, ex

. p

, =

Asc

ari

s

seti

form

is G

oez

e in

Zed

er,

18

00

; S

tro

ng

ylus

dis

pa

r

Duja

rdin

, 18

45

=

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a d

isp

ar

(Duj,

18

45

) T

rav,

19

17

d

o

Asi

a an

d E

uro

pe

Tra

vas

sos,

19

37

Fro

gs

tadpo

le

O. fi

lifo

rmis

Co

. D

ub

lin

, C

o.

Mea

th a

nd

Iris

h R

epub

lici

n I

rel;

and

, W

est

Eu

rop

e

Gri

ffin

, 1

98

9

F

rogs

sp.

O. p

ipie

ns

Mu

cosa

of

sto

mac

h o

r

inte

stin

e (a

nt.

par

tpar

t)

Can

ada,

Nort

h A

mer

ica.

H

end

rikx

, 1

983

d

o

O. so

ciali

s -

So

uth

Afr

ica

Wal

ton

, 19

35

Page 81: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

8

Host

- P

ara

site

lis

t of

Bu

fo s

pp

. L

au

ren

ti, 1768 w

ith

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p. T

eravass

os,

1917 i

n I

nd

ia

Ho

st

Par

asit

e L

oca

tio

n

Lo

cali

ty

Au

tho

r S

ub

cla

ss:

Lis

sam

ph

ibia

Hae

ckel

, 1

866

Ord

er:

An

ura

raf

ines

qu

e,

18

15

. F

amil

y :

Bu

fon

idae

Gra

y,

18

25

Gen

us:

Bufo

L

aure

nti

, 1

76

8

Ord

er:

Str

on

gyli

da

Mo

lin

, 1

86

1

Fam

ily:

Mo

lin

eid

ae (

Skrj

abin

and

Sch

ulz

, 1

93

7)

Du

rett

e- D

esse

t an

d C

hab

aud

,

19

77

Gen

us:

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

B.

mel

an

ost

ictu

s

Sch

nei

der

, 1

79

9 (

Bla

ck

scar

red

to

ad o

r b

lack

stri

ped

toad

or

com

mo

n

Ind

ian

to

ad)

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a i

nd

ica

Inte

stin

e L

uck

no

w,

U.P

. L

al,

19

44

do

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

do

Jeo

likat

e (N

ain

ital

) K

her

a, 1

95

8

do

do

No

t m

enti

on

ed

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Lal

, 1

942

do

O. g

oez

ei S

krj

abin

an

d S

chu

lz,

19

52

Sto

mac

h,

gal

l bla

dder

, in

test

ine

and

rec

tum

L

iluah

, B

elu

r, H

abra

an

d

So

nar

pur,

W.B

. M

uku

l D

utt

a, 2

00

7

do

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

Sto

mac

h,

inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Var

ious

dis

t. i

n s

tate

of

W.B

. D

ey S

arkar

, 1

99

8

do

do

inte

stin

e S

hil

lon

g,

Eas

t K

has

i, H

ills

;

Th

adla

skin

, Ja

inti

a H

ills

dis

t.

Meg

hal

aya

Dey

Sar

kar

, 1

99

9

do

do

……

……

Nic

ob

ar I

slan

ds

Bay

lis

and D

aub

ney

,

19

23

Bufo

vir

idis

Lau

renti

,

17

68

(G

reen

to

ad)

O.

kash

mir

ensi

s in

test

ine

Nis

hat

(K

ash

mir

) F

ote

dar

, 1

97

1

B.

him

ala

yans

Gu

nth

er,

18

64

(H

imal

ayan

to

ad)

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e, 1

78

2)

Tra

vas

sos,

19

17

No

t m

enti

on

ed

Kar

siyan

g,

Dar

jeel

ing d

ist.

W.B

. S

oo

ta a

nd

Sar

kat

,

19

80

Page 82: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

7

9

Page 83: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 84: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 85: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 86: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

79

2) Oxysomatium macintoshii (Railliet and Henry, 1913)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida (Muller, 1880) Chabaud, 1965.

Super family : Cosmocercoidea.

Family : Cosmocercoidae (Railliet, 1916 subfam.)

Travassos, 1925

Sub family : Cosmocercinae Railliet, 1916.

Genus : Oxysomatium Railliet and Henry, 1913.

Species : O. macintoshii

Materials Examined:

Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus; Hoplobatrachus

tigerinus & Uperodon systoma

Location : Rectum but occasionally from the intestine.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra and Ranjangaon

Deposition : Helminth Research Lab., Dept. of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.)

Species Diagnosis: Body soft, delicate, cylindrical, attenuated at both the ends.

cuticle finely striated transversely; head retractile, mouth with three

small lips-one dorsal and two sub ventral each lip with two papillae; lips

thickened at edges, slightly bent in towards oral cavity. Oesophagus

with a short pharynx and posterior bulb; pharynx marked off from

oesophagus by a transverse diaphragm. Oesophageal bulb denticular

apparatus. Excretory aperture large.

Male:

Very small size worm, caudal end of male tapering and pointed

with numerous sessile pre and post anal papillae, tail curved ventral;

narrows down at once and ends in a sharp point; spicules equal;

Page 87: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

80

relatively (in relation to body length) long; a small gubernaculum

present. The tail is studded (ornamented) with papillae.

Female:

Small size worm, vulva at about the middle of the body or a little

behind it; with poorly developed lips, uterine branches opposite; eggs

irregular; contains embryos; viviparous; tail with a pair of papillae

ending in a fine point. The transverse excretory pore is very clear.

Vulvular opening transverse.

Measurement and Description:

Male:

Total body 1.20-4.27 long, 0.10-0.28 wide; oesophagus (including

pharynx and bulb) 0.35-0.50 long and 0.03-0.05 wide; length of bulb

0.05-0.09 and breadth 0.09-0.11; length of pharynx 0.01-0.03 and

breadth 0.03; nerve ring at 0.03-0.05 from anterior end; excretory pore

at 0.25-0.32 from anterior end; spicules equal, 0.10-0.32;

gubernaculum 0.09; tail 0.12-0.43.

Female:

Total body length 1.78-5.62 and breadth 0.11-0.47; length of

pharynx 0.01-0.05, breadth of pharynx 0.02-0.04; oesophagus

(including pharynx and bulb) 0.35-0.62 long and 0.04-0.06 wide; length

of end bulb 0.06-0.14 and breadth 0.06-0.15; nerve ring at 0.03-0.07

from anterior end, excretory pore 0.12-0.38 from anterior end; vulva at

0.65-1.93 from anterior end; eggs (0.04x0.04)–(0.14x0.09) in diameter;

tail 0.21-0.67; length of rectum 0.06-0.11.

Discussion:

The first publication of the name Oxysomatium was in a foot note

in a paper by Railliet and Henry which was presented in a conference in

the year of 1913 but not published until, 1914; to replace Oxysoma

Schneider, 1866 which was pre-occupied by oxysoma Gervais, 1849.

Page 88: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

81

Railliet and Henry (1916a,b) quoted the date of their first use of the

name Oxysomatium as 1913 and the type species was Oxysomatium

longespiculum.

The name Oxysomatium was not formally proposed as a

replacement name for Oxysoma. Schneider, 1866 (pre-occupied) until

Railliet and Henry, (1916a) clearly stated that Oxysomatium

brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) [=Fusaria brevicaudata Zeder, 1800] was

the type species of the genus Oxysomatium Railliet and Henry, 1913. It

is likely from the introduction to this 1916 an article that Railliet and

Henry, knew as early as 1913 that Oxysoma was pre-occupied and they

decided that an Oxysomatium as a replacement name. This explains the

apparently anomalous reference to the name Oxysomatium in their

1914 paper. In a publication Railliet and Henry, (1916b) indicated that

Schneider examined a different species from Zeder and they proposed

Zeder’s species be placed in Aplecta (=Aplectana) and the type species of

Oxysomatium was given as the description by Schneider under the new

name Oxysomatium longispiculum (=Oxysoma brevicaudatum Sensu

Schneider, nec Zeder, nec, Railliet and Henry, 1916a). Unfortunately

Schneider’s description is incomplete by present standards and Railliet

and Henry did not provide an adequate redescription.

Skrjabin (1926) gave a diagnosis of the genus Oxysomatium, in

our present state of knowledge which is sufficient to define it and

distinguish it from related genera. This diagnosis has been closely

followed by Baylis and Daubney (1926). Skrjabin recognized Zeder’s

species O. brevicaudatum as the type of genus Oxysomatium. In addition

he considered four other species O. contortum (V. Linstow, 1906a, b) O.

unguiculatum (V. Linstow, 1906a, b), O. perezi (Gendre, 1911), O. dogieli

Skrjabin, 1916a, b in the genus. The original descriptions of these 4

species make no mention of the existence of gubernaculum in the male.

The absence of oesophageal bulb excluded from the family Oxyuridae,

Page 89: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

82

co-type specimens of O. macintoshii are in the British Museum (Natural

History) but unfortunately these are all females so the presence or

absence of a gubernaculum can not be determined.

At that time Ballestero-Marquez believed that Oxysomatium

longispiculum Railliet and Henry, 1916 a,b and Fusaria brevicaudata

Zeder, 1800 were separate species and Neoxysomatium Ballestero-

Marquez, 1945 is a synonym of oxysomatium.

Yorke and Maplestone (1926) have the generic diagnosis of

oxysomatium on the basis of the presence or absence of gubernaculum,

vestibule and lateral flanges, shape of the spicule and the number of

caudal papillae, which placing Oxysomatium longispiculum as the type

species of the genus. They as mainly pointed out by Baylis (1927)

figured the same species as Aplectana brevicaudata including those

which according to Skrjabin (1916 a, b) should have been referred to

Oxysomatium.

The following species may be more doubtfully referred to the

genus, pending a more complete knowledge of their morphology,

1) Oxysoma terdenlatum, V. Linst. 1890 collected from Triton.

2) O. tuberculatum, V. Linst., 1903 recorded from Megalophrys.

3) Aplectana linstowi, Yorke and Maplestone, 1926 (= Nematoxys

unguiculatus, V. Linst., 1906, nec Ascaris unguiculata,

Rudolphi, 1819 recorded from Bufo.

Baylis (1927) pointed out certain inconsistency on the part of

Railliet and Henry (1916 a, b) in differentiating [Zeder’s species (Fusaria

brevicaudata) from that of Schneider]. From the study of Zeder’s

description and figures of Fusaria brvicaudata, Baylis found that what

he had before him may have been a mixture of the two common

parasites of toads and frogs which have now come to be known as

Aplectana accuminata and Oxysomatium longespiculum resp. His figures

of the tail of the male seems to belong to O. longispiculum while that its

Page 90: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

83

spicules were also alate. But Zeder’s figures of the tip of a spicules show

quite plainly that it was alate in his species. The spicules were infact

described by him as “Scharf dreyecking” and that this is a point of

difference from Zeder’s species.

As regards the difference in the absence of the gubernaculum in

Schneider’s species he stated that both the authors had neither

mentioned nor figures this gubernaculum or accessory piece “gorgert”

so that this diagnostic character does not infact exist.

Therefore, that the ground for supporting that Schneider’s

Oxysoma brevicaudatum was distinct from Zeder’s Fusaria brevicaudata

are insufficient according to Baylis’s opinion. This being so, there seems

to be no reason that why it should not retained the trivial name given to

it by Zeder and be called Oxysomatium brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) of

which O. longispiculum, Railliet and Henry, 1916 a,b becomes a

synonym of Fusaria brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) and Oxysoma

brevicaudata (Schneider, 1866). Which were so great that they placed

them in different genera. Schneider’s brevicaudata they renamed

longespiculum and made it the type of Oxysomatium and placing

Schneider’s species as its synonym. Baylis listed 10 species in genus

Oxysomtium, which included his two species O. hylambatis and O.

tibetanum.

Most of the discrepancies between Zeder’s and Schneider’s

description pointed out by Railliet and Henry in so far as they are not

accounted for by the supposition of Zeder’s mixture of species can

readily be accounted for by inaccuracies on the part of one or other or

both of the original describers, while some of them do not appear to

exist.

Hartwick (1975) also examined Schneider’s specimens and he

identified them as syntypes of O. longispiculum. But his redescription

failed to demonstrate that the males and females are designated as

Page 91: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

84

lectotype of O. longispiculum. This permits O. longispiculum to be

synonymized with O. brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) Railliet and Henry,

1916 a,b.

Karve (1927) redescribed Oxysomatium macintoshii Stewart, 1914

which was till then doubtfully referred to the genus Oxysomatium

Karve’s description of the species cleared several points to consider

oxysomatium, as the only valid genus, as pointed out by Hardwood

(1930). Hardwood referred to Karve’s figures of O. macintoshii and

pointed out its striking resemblance with that of Schneider’s figures of

A. accuminata except the gubernaculum, which according to him

Schneider overlooked and slight differences in the number and

arrangement of caudal papillae. They further pointed out several

characters of O. macintoshii such as the position of the vulva, size of the

gubernaculum and the state of development of the eggs. Since Karve

(1927) Baylis (1927) and Hardwood (1930) include Stewart’s species in

Oxysomatium, Hardwood highly claims Oxysomatium as the only valid

genus and A. accuminata (Schrank, 1788) as one of its member species.

This is further supported by the characters of several species from both

the genera including O. srinagarensis in which there is a combination of

the diagnostic characters of Oxysomatium and Aplectana as given by

Baylis and Daubney (1926).

In the year of 1931 Travassos listed only three species in

Oxysomatium along with O. brevicaudatum of Zeder as the type species.

There has been much confusion concerning genera in the subfamily

Cosmocercinae (Cosmocercoidea). Breness and Bravo in 1959 discussed

the status of the genera Oxysomatium Railliet and Henry, 1913 and

Aplectana Railliet and Henry 1916 a, b in agreement with Skrjabin’s

reduction of the later to synonymy of the former, new combination are

published and annotated clarifying in recent years. Redescriptions are

presented through four nematode parasites of Bufo marinus marinus

Page 92: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

85

Linnaeus and that not previously recorded from Costa Rica,

Oxysomatium itzocanensis (Bravo, 1947) Skrjabin, 1951 now whose

range is thus established as from the state of Puebla, Mexico to Costa

Rica.

Walton (1933 a, b) removed his two species; A. americana and A.

longicaudata from the genus Aplectana and placed them in the genus

Oxysomatium. In 1941 Walton pointed out that the study of the cephalic

and oesophageal structures of four species of O. macintoshii and O.

ranae showed that they were co-generic. They further expressed doubts

about the final changes because of the unavailability for study and the

lack of critical details in the earlier descriptions Gutierrez (1945) in

describing O. bonariensis, regarded the genus Aplectana as a synonym

of Oxysomatium. Ballesteros Marquez (1945) proposed new generic

names such as Neoxy- Somatium for Oxysomatium.

Baker (1980) in his revisionary work on the genus Oxysomatium

Railliet and Henry 1916 a, b some generic character which differ from

the earlier description. Specimens were borrowed from the various

Institutions. Specimens examined were collected by Schneider (1866)

from R. temporaria of Germany, R. temporaria in England, B. bufo in

London Zoo, Frnadsen personal collection from B. bufo Denmark; O.

apodus, London zoo, from A. fragilis, S. atra in Europe; S. maculosa in

Europe; B. bufo in Britain; S. maculosa in Carsica and R. dalmatina

from France.

According to Baker a type locality was not specified in earlier

work but Zeder (1800) worked in Germany, Europe and it is probable

that his specimens were from there. This species has been reported

number of times from many localities throughout Western Europe and

Britain and as far to the East as Chelya Binsk, USSR. Zeder also

mentioned the list of host species; such as Rana arvalis, R. dalmatina,

R. esculenta, R. graeca, Pelobates fuscus, Alytes obstricans, Salamendra

Page 93: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

86

salamendra (= S. maculosa), S. atra, Triturus alpestris, T. cristatus, T.

vulgaris, B. bufo, B. regularis, B. viridis, Bombina bombina, Natrix natrix,

Anguis fragilis and Ophisaurus apodus.

Two of the species referred by Schneider to Oxysoma have been

shown belongs to the other genera, so that of the three original species

only O. brevicaudatum remains.

Skrjabin (1951) in the descriptive Catalogue of Parasitic

Nematodes Vol-II gives a long list of fifty two species, all in one genus

oxysomatium. While rightly including the species of the genus Aplectana

in the genus Oxysomatium, he has tried to make the whole complexity

and dispute regarding the both genus Oxysomatium and Aplectana to

simpler than it actually is by including the species of the genus

Raillietnema Travassos, 1927. The latter genus is quite distinct from

Oxysomatium and its position has been very well discussed by Walton

(1940a).

According to Rasheeda Ilyas (1980) the genus Oxysomatium

Railliet and Henry, 1913 represented by 12 species. Out of these, 5

species are devoid of gubernaculum, however the male of Oxysomatium

sp. II Walton, 1933 a, b is not reported as such this species can’t be

placed in both the categories.

The genera Oxysomatium, Neoxysomatium and Africana are very

complex. It is very difficult to differentiate them as different diagnosis

has been proposed by different authors. Moreover, important characters

have been described in many species. Baker (1980a) attempted to revise

the genera Oxysomatium and Neoxysomatium and enlisted the following

species under the genus Oxysomatium as valid:

1) O. brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) [= O. contortum (V. Linstow, 1906a, b)

Baylis, 1927 = O. longispiculum Railliet and Henry, 1916 a, b].

2) O. caucasicum (Sharpilo, 1974) (Neoxysomatium caucasicum).

3) O. dolfusi Baker, 1980a.

Page 94: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

87

But they did not mention the position of species O. macintoshii.

Subsequently Rasheeda Ilyas (1980) described another species O.

mehdii from Rana tigrina from Aurangabad (M.S.). Both the species

considered here as valid.

The specimens under present investigation belongs to the genus

Oxysomatium Railliet and Henry, 1913 and oxysomatium considered

here as the only valid genus. The main features of the present

specimens are small in size, grey white colour with soft, delicate,

cylindrical body. The body is attenuated at both the ends with a

transversely striated cuticle. The head, which can be retracted into the

anterior portion of the body, is provided with three small lips-one dorsal

and two sub- ventral; on each lips there are two papillae. The lips

thickened at the edges are slightly bent towards the oral cavity. At the

bases of the shallow oral cavity and situated on the anterior potion of

the oesophagus are three teeth which appear to be chitinized. The

oesophagus consist of 3 parts: the anterior muscular portion or

pharynx, the elongated tube like portion and the posterior bulb. The

pharynx is marked off from the remaining portion of the oesophagus by

a transverse diaphragm. The bulb contains the usual denticular

apparatus which is the characteristic of Oxyurid. The lumen of the bulb

and that of the middle portion of the oesophagus are triradiate. The

bulb is followed by intestine, the anterior part which contains the three

intestinal valves. The intestine gradually narrow down towards the

anus. The large excretory aperture present in the oesophageal region. It

is rather characteristic in structure being surrounded by what Skrjabin

(1916 a,b) calls a crown of chitinous highly refractive rod-like

formations protrude with their pointed ends outside caudal end of male

tapering to a pointed papillae. Tail curved ventrally, narrows down at

once and ends in a sharp point and spicules are equal, relatively long in

relation to body length. A small gubernaculum is present and in female

Page 95: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

88

vulva at about the middle of the body or a little behind it, with poorly

developed lips. Uterine branches opposite. Eggs irregular contains

embryos, tail with a pair of papillae ending in a fine point. There are 27

pairs of caudal papillae of which 18 pairs are postanal and the rest are

subdorsal among them 10 pairs are subventral in position of the

preanal papillae, 3 pairs form a group near the cloaca and rest means 6

somatic papillae are in continuation with the body papillae.

The present specimens shows the similarities and dissimilarities

in relation to certain body characters and various body measurements

to type species O. brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) Railliet and Henry 1916

and other valid species of the genus Oxysomatium mehdii Rasheeda

Ilyas, 1980; O. macintoshii (Stewart, 1914) Karve, 1927; O. dolfusi

Baker, 1980a and O. caucasicum (Sharpilo, 1974) Baker, 1980a.

The present species under investigation shows similarities and

dissimilarities in their certain principle body characters and

morphometric measurement with that of the type species Oxysomatium

brevicaudatum (Zeder, 1800) Railliet and Henry, 1916 a,b redescribed

by Baker, 1980a. There are 6 rows of somatic papillae present in the

caudal region but towards the anterior direction in case of present

specimens. The cuticle of body with inconspicuous transverse striations

and it is approximately 0.003 mm apart in case of O. brevicaudatum but

in case of present specimen cuticle is finely striated transversely.

Oesophagus with short pharynx and posterior bulb with denticular

apparatus in the present specimens. In Baker’s redescription of O.

brevicaudatum anterior extremity of oesophagus with three tooth like

projections covered with thick cuticle and posterior half of tail with two

large subventral and two large sub dorsal pairs of papillae present while

in the present specimens there are total 18 pairs of postcloacal papillae

in caudal region out of which 8 subdorsal and 10 subventral caudal

papillae. In O. brevicaudatum anterior half of tail with 3 pairs of papillae

Page 96: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

89

out of which 2 pairs subventral, one pair sublateral and anterior lip of

anus with one unpaired papillae, preanal region with 7-9 pairs of large

caudal papillae in two subventral rows, three pairs closet to the genus

are close together, other papillae are more widely spaced. These

arrangement of papillae are quite different from arrangement of papillae

in preanal region in present specimens, where there are 3 papillae

present in precloacal in position by making a group along with the outer

postanal papillae; in precloacal area there are also more 6 somatic

papillae. Spicules quite large and measure about 1.4 - 2 mm in O.

brevicudatum but about 0.10-0.32 and equal relatively (in relation to

body length) long in present specimens. Vulva at 3.5-4.5 mm distance

from anterior extremity in O. brevicaudatum but it is at 0.65- 1.93 mm

from anterior end in present specimens. Thus a present specimen

differs from O. brevicaudatum of Baker’s redescription in 1980a.

O. mehdii Ilyas, 1980 from Marathwada also shows similarities

and dissimilarities with the specimens under present investigation by

its certain principal morphological variations and body characters. The

three lips of O. mehdii furnished with a sharp tooth and mouth having

direct communication with the oesophagus, in male there are two pairs

of oesophageal glands whereas in the present specimens mouth with

three small lips, one dorsal and two subventral and each lip with two

papillae, lips thickened at edges, slightly bent towards oral cavity, no

oesophageal glands are observed but oesophgeal bulb with denticular

apparatus present. In O. mehdii there are 10 pairs of cephalic papillae

only one pair of amphid present in O. mehdii which is totally absent in

the present specimen. Spicules in present specimens is equal and

relatively (in relation to body length) long and whereas the spicules of O.

mahdii are ensheathed and equal, 0.23 long. In O. mehdii

gubernaculum absent and in present specimens it is small and

measure about 0.09. The number of arrangement of papillae of O.

Page 97: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

90

mehdii quite differs from that in present specimens. There are 10 pairs

of caudal papillae and all are postcloacal in O. mehdii and no pre-

cloacal papillae and no somatic papillae but in the present specimens

there are total 27 papillae out of which 10 subventral and sub dorsal

and three papillae precloacal making a group of, along with the other

post anal papillae. In pre-cloacal area there are more 6 somatic papillae.

Thus the arrangement and numbering of these caudal papillae are

dissimilar with that of O. mehdii of Marathwada.

The O. caucasicum (Sharpilo, 1974) Baker, 1980a of Anguis

fragilis from Caucasus shows some differences from the present

specimens from Maharashtra in Bufo sp. and Rana sp. The former

having a thick tail in anal region where the tail is curved ventrally,

narrows down at once and ends in a sharp pointing in later. In later

case female tail with a pair of papillae ending in a fine point but in O.

caucasicum female description is absent. The spicules are 0.38-0.40

mm long in O. caucasium but in the present specimen 0.10- 0.32 mm

long. Thus in comparison in spicule length and tail structure is not

sufficient to distinguishing these two species but must wait for further

study for more information about male caudal structure, about

numbering and arrangement of caudal papillae, presence or absence of

alae, cephalic structure and detail study about female must be needed

in future.

The O. dollfusi of either Bufo mauritanicus or Discoglossus pictus

of Casablanca, Morocco shows similarities and dissimilarities with the

specimen under present investigation in Maharashtra in certain basic

characters and measurements of morphological appearance. Anterior

extremity of oesophagus with 3 tooth like projections covered with thick

cuticle in O. dollfusi but in present specimens oesophagus with a short

pharynx and posterior bulb with denticular apparatus. Caudal papillae

markedly larger than somatic papillae in O. dollfusi but in present

Page 98: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

91

specimens such differences are not found. The arrangement and

numbering of caudal papillae of O. dollfusi are also quite different from

that of present specimes. In case of O. dollfusi posterior half of tail with

two large subventral and two large sub dorsal pair of papillae and

anterior half of tail and anal region with three paired and one unpaired

large papillae. These 3 pairs located subventrally around the base of

swelling into which anus opens and unpaired papillae in anterior lip of

anus. Unpaired papillae with cuticular wing like supports as observed

in the species. The arrangement and numbering of papillae are quite

different in both the cases. The spicules are equal in the present

specimens but hook shapes and are bent in lateral view and more

weakly chitinized posterior part supported by a wide membranous

sheath, distal end sharply pointed in the later. The length of spicules in

present specimens (in relation to body length) is 0.10- 0.32 but in O.

dollfusi these are prominent, 0.18-0.20mm long. The size of

gubernaculum in O. dollfusi is 0.07- 0.08 mm long with wide proximal

end and sharply pointed distal end but 0.09 in case of present

specimens. Vulva is at 0.65-1.93 mm from anterior extremity in present

specimens but O. dollfusi 2.5-2.9mm. Eggs of the present specimens are

irregular, contains embryos and measure about (0.04X 0.04) – (0.14X

0.09) in diameter whereas it is oval thin shelled and 0.69-0.78 mm long

and 0.040-0.045 wide in later case. Tail of present specimens with a

pair of papillae ending in a fine point and measures about 0.21- 0.67 in

female samples, but in O. dollfus long, conical, sharply pointed with

slight swelling near the posterior lip of anus and measure about 0.186-

0.220mm. Thus O. dollfusi Baker, 1980 can be most easily

differentiated from the present specimens by spicules morphology and

length, finally the spicules in O. dollfusi are bent into a characteristic

hook shape in lateral view, whereas they are slightly curved or variable

in shape in the present specimens.

Page 99: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

92

The worm has a soft, delicate, white cylindrical body and

attenuated at both ends in Karve’s specimens O. macintoshii and it

shows some similarities with present specimens. Mouth with three

small lips, one dorsal and two subventral, each lip with two papillae. In

the worm under present investigation as well as in Karve’s specimens

oesophageal bulb with denticular apparatus are same which is the

characteristic feature of the oxyurid worms. The arrangement and

numbering of the caudal papillae are exactly similar with that of Karve’s

(1927) specimen. Structure of the spicules are equal in both the cases

but it is measured about 0.10-0.32 mm in case of present specimens

and 0.24mm in case of Karve’s sample. The vulva at about the middle of

the body or a little behind it with poorly developed lips in present

specimens but is a transverse slit with very poorly developed lips at the

middle of the body in case of Karve’s sample. Vulva of present

specimens at 0.65-1.93 from anterior end but 1.3 to 3.1 from the

anterior extremity in two specimens in Karve’s observation. Thus from

the above discussion it is clear that present specimens revealed the

similarities with Karve’s specimen in most of the principal body

characters and there is a little variation in the body measurement in

both the cases.

A present specimen also shows the similarities and dissimilarities

with O. macintoshii redescription given by Yuen in 1963c like Karve’s

specimen of 1927. That the cuticle of Yuen’s description is striated and

ornamented with many small papillae and the number of rows papillae

could not be determined whereas the cuticle of present species is only

finely striated transversely. The arrangement of the caudal papillae of

the specimen described by Yuen (1963c) is similar to the specimen. In

Yuen the somatic papillae are continuation with body papillae, which is

not seen in present specimen except 6 rows of somatic papillae. The

spicules of the specimen described by Yuen (1963) are rod like non

Page 100: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

93

alate and slightly sub-equal, measures 0.18-0.26 whereas the spicules

of the present specimen are equal and relatively (in relation to body

length) long 0.10- 0.32. The female specimens bears two to four pairs of

caudal papillae Yuen’s observation but in present observation there is

no caudal papillae in female. Gubernaculum of present specimen is

about 0.09 and 0.046-0.053 for the Yuen’s sample. The position of

vulva for the specimen in the present investigation at 0.65-1.93 from

anterior end but at 1.53-3.09 in Yuen’s description. Thus there are

more dissimilarities in between the above two specimens, recorded in

different year and in different host.

Thus the present specimens differs only in very minor points from

the earlier Oxysomatium macintoshii (Stewart, 1914) Karve, 1927 and

this differences are infra specific variations.

From thorough discussion it is clear that present specimens

belong to the genus Oxysomatium Railliet and Henry, 1913 and it is

Oxysomatium macintoshii (Stewart, 1914) karve, 1927.

Page 101: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

9

4

Host

-para

site

lis

t of

Oxys

om

ati

um

(R

ail

liet

and H

enry

, 1913)

Sr.

No.

Host

P

aras

ite

Loca

lity

A

uth

or

Cla

ss

: N

emat

od

a R

ud

olp

hi,

1

80

8 em

end

.

Die

sin

g,

18

61

.

Ord

er

: A

scar

idid

a (M

ull

er,

18

80

) C

hab

aud,

19

65

.

Fam

ily

:

Co

smo

cerc

oid

ae

Gen

us

:

Oxy

som

ati

um

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

,

19

13

.

1

O

. acu

min

atu

m

- S

chra

nk, 1788

2

O

. am

eric

ana

- W

alto

n, 1929

3

O

. bare

illi

ana

- G

up

ta,

Chan

dra

&

Shal

aby, 2004

4

O

. bayl

isi

- W

alto

n, 1933

5

O

. bre

vica

udatu

m

- Z

eder

, 1800

6

Am

phib

ian h

ost

O

. doll

fusi

- B

aker

, 1980

7

O

.itz

oca

nen

sis

- B

ravo,

1943

8

O

. lo

ng

esp

iculu

m

- R

aill

iet

& H

enry

, 1916

Page 102: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

9

5

9

Ple

thodon (

Rep

tile

) O

xyso

mati

um

long

icaud

a

-

10

O.l

ong

icaudata

- W

alto

n, 1929

11

O.

maci

nto

shii

- S

tew

art,

1914

12

A

mp

hib

ian h

ost

O

. m

ehdii

- Il

yas

, 1980

13

R

ana c

yanop

hly

ctis

O

. sa

ina

thai

- S

ubb

arao

& N

aidu,

1983

14

B

ufo

mel

anost

ictu

s O

. th

aka

rei

- S

ubb

arao

& N

aidu,

1983

15

O.

vari

ab

ilis

- H

arw

ood,

1930

Page 103: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 104: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 105: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 106: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 107: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 108: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

96

3) Cosmocercoides rickae (Ogden, 1966)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861

Order : Ascaridida (Muller, 1880) Chabaud, 1965

Family : Cosmocercidae

Genus : Cosmocercoides Wilkie (1930).

Species : C. rickae Ogden, 1966

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus, Euphlyctis hexadactylus,

Hoplobatrachus tigerinus & Uperodon systoma.

Location : Rectum.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon.

Deposition : Helminth Research lab, Dept. of zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad.

Generic diagnosis:

Small-sized worms, broad anteriorly and sharply pointed

posteriorly with long filiform tail. Lateral alae absent. Mouth surrounded

by three lips, one dorsal and two subventral. Cuticle transversely

striated. Esophagus with a long corpus, distinct isthmus and a valvated

endbulb. Excretory pore anterior to end bulb.

Male:

Tail long, tapering. On the ventral surface of the posterior

extremity there is on each side a longitudinal row of false plectans, each

of which consists of a large papilla surrounded by tubercles, purely

cuticular in structure and not supported by any internal skeleton; most

of them are preanal and a few postanal; caudal papillae, rosette complex

and simple types, no bursate caudal alae. Spicules equal, slender;

Page 109: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

97

gubernaculum present. Spicules paired, long, pointed at distal end and

equal in length. Gubernaculum small, lateral alae present.

Female:

Somatic papillae absent, tail long, tapering; vulva behind middle of

the body. Oviparous; eggs elliptical, thin shelled, embryonated.

Reproductive system didelphic, amphidelphic. Uterus with embryos in

different stages of development. Parasitic in digestive tract of

amphibians.

Measurements and description:

Female:

Body measures 2.61-2.92x0.17-0.22. Esophagus (including bulb) 0.39-

0.45x0.02-0.05; bulb 0.06-0.10x0.03-0.05. Nerve ring and excretory pore

0.12-0.15 and 0.22-0.28 respectively. Vulva 1.50-1.69 from anterior

extremity. Vagina runs backwards from the vulva. Tail 0.32-0.38 long

and pointed.

Male:

Body measures 3.04-3.5x 0.20-0.28. Esophagus 0.46 long

(including bulb) and0.02 wide; bulb 0.8-0.12x0.06-0.1. Nerve ring and

excretory pore 0.12-0.16 and 0.20-0.25 from anterior extremity,

respectively. Spicules 0.10-0.16 long, equal, pointed at distal end.

Gubernaculum 0.10-0.14 long. Tail 0.16-0.41 long.

Discussion:

Cosmocercoides is the genus of nematode within the order

Ascaridida and this genus was established by Wilkie (1930). Some

uncertainty exists for hosts of the 2 American species of Cosmocercoides:

Cosmocercoides dukae, originally Cosmocerca dukae Holl, 1928 and

Cosmocercoides variabilis, originally Oxysomatium variabiliis Harwood,

1930. Travassos (1931) included both the species C. dukae and C.

variabilis in his monograph on the Cosmocercidae. Ogren (1953, 1959)

considered C. variabilis a synonym of the molluscan parasite C. dukae

Page 110: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

98

and presumed that amphibians acquired C. dukae by ingesting infected

molluscs. Vanderburgh and Anderson (1987) demonstrated that these 2

species were distinct. Ingles (1936) reported C. dukae from Taricha

torosa, Rana aurora, and Bufo boreas from California. Anderson (2000)

refers all infections of C. dukae in toads to C. variabilis. Cosmocercoides

variabilis has been previously reported from snakes (Harwood, 1930,

1932; Rau et al., 1978; Rau and Gordon, 1980; Fontenot and Font,

1996). Crotalus durissus and Dendrophidion percarinatus represent new

host records for C. variabilis. Cosmocercoides pulcher, originally

described from Rana japonica collected on Honshu Island, Japan, by

Wilkie (1930), is known from anurans from Borneo, Japan, Okinawa,

Russia, and Taiwan: Bufo bankorensis, B. bufo, B. gargarizans, B. raddei,

Chirixalus eiffingeri, Rana amurensis, Rana holsti, Rana ishikawae, Rana

swinhoana, Rana ornativentris, Poiypedates leucomystax (Goldberg and

Bursey 2002). Cosmocercoides barodensis Rao, 1979 is reported from

amphibian host; C. bufonis Karve, 1944 reported from Bufo

himalayanum, India; C. dukae (Holl, 1928) [=Cosmocerca dukae Holl,

1928] Travassos 1931 collected from host Triturus viridescens, North

Carolina; C. fotedari and C. kumaoni Arya, 1992 from the host Rana

cyanophlyctis; C. lanceolatus Rao, 1979 from amphibian host; C.

multipapillata Khera, 1958 in the host Bufo melanostictus from India; C.

nainitalensis Arya, 1979; C. rusticum (Kreis, 1932) Chitwood 1933; C.

skrjabini (Ivanitskii, 1940) Skrjabin, Shikhobalova & Mozgovof 1951 from

host Bufo temporaria; Ukraine; C. speleomantis Ricci, 1988 from the host

Hydromantoides (Speleomantes); C. tibetanum Baylis, 1927 [syn. Baker

1980]; C. tridens Wilkie, 1930, Japan; Redescribed Hasegawa 1989 from

host Tilototriton andersoni.

The present nematode parasite under discussion is belonging to

genus Cosmocercoides Wilkie (1930). All the females collected shows the

vulva behind the middle of the body, vagina runs backwards from the

Page 111: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

99

vulva and the presence of caudal papillae rosette and complex type.

Therefore comparison of this specimen with earlier workers shows that

the Cosmocercoides Wilkie (1930) is the valid genus. The specimen

under present study shows close similarity with Cosmocercoides rickae

Ogden, 1966 in having the spicules equal in length 0.10-0.16 long,

gubernaculum 0.10-0.14 long, absence of prebulbular swelling and

presence of somatic papillae and lateral alae. It also shows similarity in

general body measurements and morphology.

Thus this specimen is very much close to Cosmocercoides rickae

Ogden, 1966 as compared to other spcies of Cosmocercoides, hence C.

rickae is a valid species name for present nematode. Also forms the first

report from new host Uperdon systoma (Schneider, 1799) in

Maharashtra, (Aurangabad region) India.

Page 112: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

00

Host-

para

sit

e l

ist

of

Cosm

ocercoides W

ilkie

, 1930

Sr.

N

o.

Host

Para

sit

e

Locality

A

uth

or

Cla

ss:

Nem

ato

da R

udolp

hi, 1

808

em

en

d.

Die

sin

g,

1861

Ord

er:

Ascari

did

a C

habau

d,

1965

Fam

ily:

Cosm

cerc

idae

Gen

us:

Cosm

ocerc

ides W

ilkie

,1930.

1

Am

ph

ibia

n h

ost

C.

baro

den

sis

, In

dia

R

ao,

1979

2

Bu

fo

him

ala

ya

nu

m

C.

bu

fon

is

India

K

arv

e,

1944

3

Tri

turu

s

vir

idescen

s

C.

du

kae s

yn

. C

osm

ocerc

a d

uk

ae

N

ort

h C

aro

lin

a

Holl,

1928

4

Ran

a

cya

nop

hly

cti

s

C. fo

ted

ari

In

dia

A

rya,

1992

5

Ran

a

cya

nop

hly

cti

s

C.

ku

ma

on

i In

dia

A

rya,

1992

6

Am

ph

ibia

n h

ost

C.

lan

ceola

tus

- R

ao,

1979

7

Bu

fo

mela

nosti

ctu

s

C.

mu

ltip

ap

illa

ta

India

K

hera

, 1958

8

Am

ph

ibia

n h

ost

C.

na

init

ale

nsis

N

ain

ital, I

ndia

A

rya,

1979

9

Ran

a ja

pon

ica

C

. p

ulc

her

Ch

ina

Wilkie

, 1930

10

-

C.

rick

ae

O

gden

, 1966

11

-

C.

rusti

cu

m s

yn

. T

rich

on

em

a r

usti

cu

m

K

reis

, 1932

Page 113: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

01

12

Bu

fo t

em

pora

ria

C.

skrj

ab

ini

Syn

. C

osm

ocerc

a s

krj

ab

ini

Ukra

ine

Ivan

itskii,

1940

13

Hydro

man

toid

es

(Spele

om

an

tes)

C.

sp

ele

om

an

tis

R

icci, 1

988

14

- C

. ti

beta

nu

m

B

aylis,

1927

15

Tiloto

trit

on

a

nd

ers

on

i C

. tr

iden

s

Japan

W

ilkie

, 1930

16

-

C.

vari

ab

ilis

S

yn

. C

osm

ocerc

a v

ari

ab

ilis

Harw

ood,

1930

Page 114: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 115: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 116: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 117: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

102

4) Paracosmocerca macronata (Kung and Wu, 1945)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida (Muller, 1880) Chabaud, 1965.

Family : Cosmocercidae

Genus : Paracosmocerca Kung and Wu, 1945

Species : P. macronara Kung and Wu, 1945

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus, Euphlyctis

hexadactylus, Hoplobatrachus tigerinus &

Uperodon systoma.

Location : Rectum.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon.

Deposition : Helminth Research lab, Dept. of zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad.

Generic diagnosis:

Lateral flanges narrow, extending throughout whole length of

body or only in anterior part in some males. Mouth with three lips each

of bears two papillae, 6 minute head papillae. Excretory pore level with

or just anterior to oesophageal bulb. Mouth cavity very narrow,

triradiate. Oesophagus with conical pharyngeal portion at its anterior

end, cylindrical and provided with posterior bulb.

Male:

Tail tapering to mucronate tip. 10 longitudinal rows of numerous

papillae and 2 preanal rows of 5 plectans each. A few adanal and

several postanal papillae also present. Each plectane inverted V-shaped

in profile, without any internal skeleton. Spicules single, very wide;

anterior end broad, posterior end pointed with lateral borders thickened

Page 118: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

103

and strongly chitinised and median portion membranous.

Gubernaculum absent.

Female:

Tail elongated and pointed at tip. Vulva anterior to middle of the

body, vagina directed backwards from vulva, viviparous; eggs large.

Parasites of amphibians.

Measurenents and description:

Male:

Body small in size and measures 1.75-2.6 x 0.20-0.34 mm. The

length of the bulb 0.08-0.12 in length and 0.06-0.10mm in diameter.

The nerve ring located at a distance 0.12-0.22 mm and the excretory

pore at a distance 0 22-0.30mm from the anterior end of the body. The

intestine long and opened at the posterior end of the body in the cloacal

aperture. One thread like testis was situated in the middle of the body

and gave a vas deferens which directed posteriorly and formed vesicular

seminalis which opened into ejaculatory duct that terminated in the

cloacal opening. Spicules are completely fused into a single spicule and

measures 0.1-0.15 mm in length. Gubernaculum absent. Tail 0.16 -

0.36 mm with mucronate tip.

Female:

Body filiform, measured 2.65-3.28x 0.28-0.37mm. The bulb 0.12-

0.18 mm in diameter. The nerve ring located at 0.2-028 mm and the

excretory pore at a distance 0.30-0.52 mm from the anterior end of the

body. The genital system formed of two long ovaries, two oviducts and

two uteri which united to form the vagina that leaded to vulva at the

middle of the body. The egg oval in shape with a delicate membrane,

measured 0.20× 0.95 mm. Tail tapered and measured 0.45-0.6 mm.

Page 119: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

104

Discussion:

The new genus Paracosmocerca Kung and Wu, 1945 and

species Paracosmocerca macronata Kung and Wu, 1945 was described

from Rana nigromaculata, R. Guentheri, R. limnocharis, Bufo bufo

and Microhyla ornata from China (Szechuan). The differences between

Cosmocerca and Paracosmocerca were the presence of a very wide

spicule in the latter parasite where two equal spicules in the former

also, gubernaculum was absent in the latter one and present in the

former. In many species of Cosmocercinae, spicules were more or less

completely atrophied and some authors have mistaken the

gubernaculum for a spicule. Therefore Paracosmocerca was

synonymized with Cosmocerca and the nematode parasite P. macronata

is the junior synonym of Cosmocerca japonica Yamaguti, 1938. During

the present study, a large numbers of nematode parasites were

collected from the rectum of Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider,

1799) Frost et al., 2006 and Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Daudin, 1803)

Dubois, 1992 from Aurangbad (M.S.) India. Male was characterized by

having a wide spicule measured 0.1-0.15 mm and absence of the

gubernaculum. So in this observation the author has obtained the

adults of this nematode parasite and found that the males with the

characteristic spicule and the absence of gubernaculum.

Gupta and Duggal (1980) first described a new species of the

genus Paracosmocerca in India from the digestive tract of Rana sp from

Chandigarh and named it Paracosmocerca indica Rao (1981) described

Paracosmocerca spinocerca from the rectum of Duttaphrynus

melanostictus from Bangalore.

The nematode parasite under discussion is belonging to the

genus Paracosmocerca Kung and Wu, 1945. All females recovered from

the host were ovoviviparous, which is the characteristic feature of

females of the genus Paracosmocerca, but in Cosmocerca the females

Page 120: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

105

were oviparous. Moreover, the ovoviviparity was noticed only twice in

Cosmocerca japonica. Therefore, comparison of present specimen with

earlier workers shows that the Paracosmocerca is a valid genus. Present

nematodes are similar to Paracosmocerca macronata in general body

measurements and morphology. This is the first record of the genus

Paracosmocerca from Maharashtra and also forms two new hosts

records, Hoplobatrachus tigerinus and Uperodon systoma (Schneider,

1799) in the study area.

Page 121: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

06

Host-

para

sit

e l

ist

of

Paracosm

ocerca

(K

ung a

nd W

u,

1945)

Sr.

N

o.

Host

Para

sit

e

Locality

A

uth

or

Cla

ss:

Nem

ato

da

Ru

dolp

hi,

1808 e

men

d. D

iesin

g, 1861.

Ord

er:

Ascari

did

a (M

uller,

1880)

Ch

abau

d, 1965.

Fam

ily

: C

osm

ocerc

idae

Gen

us :

Pa

racosm

ocerc

a K

un

g

an

d W

u, 1945

01

Ran

a s

pp

. P.in

dic

a

C

han

dig

arh

, In

dia

G

upta

& D

uggal,

1980

02

Du

tta

ph

ryn

us

mela

nosti

ctu

s

P.s

pin

ocerc

a

Ban

glo

re,

India

R

ao,

1981

03

- P.

mu

cro

na

ta

- K

un

g &

Wu

, 1945

04

- P.m

icro

hyla

e

- W

an

g,

Zh

ao &

C

hen

, 1978

05

Am

ph

ibia

n h

ost

P.s

pin

ocerc

a

- R

ao,

1979

06

- P.p

au

cip

ecti

ni

- W

an

g in

Wan

g,

Wan

g,

Zh

ao,

Yia

n &

Wan

g,

1992

07

- P. p

ulc

hra

e

- W

an

g,

Zh

ao &

C

hen

, 1978

Page 122: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 123: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 124: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 125: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 126: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

107

5) Meteterakis govindi (Karve, 1930)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida

Super family : Heterakoidea

Family : Heterakidae Railliet & Henry, 1912

Sub- family : Meteterakinae Inglis, 1967

Genus : Meteterakis Karve, 1930.

Species : M. govindi Karve, 1930

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus, Euphlyctis

hexadactylus, Hoplobatrachus tigerinus &

Uperodon systoma.

Location : Intestine and Rectum.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon

Deposition : Helminth Research Lab., Dept. of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.)

Measurements and Description:

Male:

Small size worms, total body 2.52-3.74 long and 0.17- 0.28 wide;

length of pharynx 0.04X0.03; oesophagus including bulb 0.28-

0.69X0.03; bulb 0.08-0.12 long and 0.05-0.11wide; excretory pore at

0.15-0.34 and nerve ring at 0.05-0.07 from the head end, spicules

equal, broad, tips round, alate and massive, 0.24-0.38 long; tail 0.10-

0.29 long, ended in a point; Caudal alae well developed and supported

by pedunculate papillae. Caudal papillae 16 pairs –presuctorial 1 pair,

all fleshy, adanal, 2 pairs and 9 pairs post anal and clearly discernible,

Page 127: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

108

sucker present just near the cloaca. Gubernaculum absent but

gubernaculum mass always present.

Female:

Small size worms, total body 2.82-3.46 long and 0.20- 0.30 wide;

length of pharynx 0.04X 0.03; oesophagus including bulb 0.52-1.02X

0.04; bulb 0.10-0.18 X 0.08-0.15; excretory pore at 0.24-0.45 and nerve

ring at 0.03-0.05 from the head end ; tail 0.22-0.37 long, tapers evenly

to a fine point; vulva almost equatorial and at 1.38-2.26 from anterior

end and is prominent, opening into the vagina which runs posteriorly;

eggs (0.04 X 0.08) – (0.06 X 0.11).

The SEM study reveals that there are 3 teeth in mouth. One in

each inner side of three lips, which are not so clear in light microscopic

study. Each small 3 lips of the mouth with a pair of external papillae.

One elevated additional papillae is seen near oral structure. The tail end

with a disk shape body with longitudinal striations anteriorly and

transverse striations in preanal region. Cervical papilla present.

Discussion:

The genus Meteterakis was established by Karve (1930) for a

single species M. govindi but it was not considered a valid genus by

different authors. As a result the type species appears to have been

twice described subsequently as new in different genera and eight other

species allied to it have been variously referred to African

Ganguleterakis and Spinicauda. This confusion has arisen through

failure to appreciate the significance of differences in the gubernaculum

and the tail.

Karve in discussing its affinities compared it with Heterakis

Dujardin, 1845. In the year of 1936 Baylis described M. govindi under

the genus Heterakis Dujardin, 1845, which was already established by

Karve in 1930 and considered the two genera Meteterakis and Heterakis

Page 128: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

109

to be synonymous a conclusion with which Koo (1939) later agreed.

Subsequently, Lopez-Neyra (1947) recognized that Meteterakis was more

closely related to the genera placed by Travassos (1920) in the

Heterakid subfamily Spinicaudinae and referred it to this subfamily

without comment.

Since then only two species have been added under this genus

from amphibian i.e. M. japonica (Wilkie, 1930) Ingles, 1958 and M.

andamanensis Soota and Chaturvedi, 1970, the latter being recorded

from India (Andaman). After 30 years in the year of 1960 Gupta

redescribed the same species under the same genus for 7 female and 5

male from the intestine of Bufo melanostictus from Bangladesh. Soota

and Chaturvedi in 1971 redescribed it for several worms from the

intestine of Bufo sp. from Bhasa and Birati , 24 Parganas district of W.

B. Subsequently, Soota and Sarkar in 1980 reported it for 5 males and

4 females from the intestine of Himalayan toad Bufo himalayanum from

Karsiyan, Darjeeling Dist. W.B. In 1981 Soota reported it for 3 males

and 20 females from the intestine of Bufo sp. from Chennai (Madras).

This species also was reported by Inglis in 1958 from tree frogs in China

and Myres in 1970 reported this species from B. melanostictus from

Taiwan. But establishment of the genus Meteterakis for M. govindi by

Karve, 1930 which was subsequently considered invalid, as a result M.

govindi has been described several times under different names. For

convenient, all these are reviewed in details by Inglis in 1958. When he

upheld the status of the genus Meteterakis and reconstituted it with

eight species M. govindi Karve, 1930, M. baylisi Inglis, 1958, M.

longispiculata (Baylis, 1929) M. louisi Inglis, 1958, M. cophotis (Baylis,

1935a) M. mabuyi (Chakravarty, 1944), M. japonica (Wilkie, 1930) and

M. triaculeata (Kreis, 1933). Since then two more species M. karvei

Naidu and Thakare, 1981and M. tripurae Dey Sarkar, 2000 have been

Page 129: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

110

described. Adamson M.L. (1986) reported Meteterakis vaucheri from

Varanus grayi.

According to Inglis (1958) the following nominal species closely

resemble or appear to be identical with Meteterakis govindi Karve, 1930

are Africana howardi Li, 1933, A. mabuyae Chakravarty, 1944, A.

varani Maplestone, 1931, Ganguleterakis triculeatus Kreis, 1933, M.

baylis Inglis, 1958, M. karvei Naidu and Thakare, 1981, M. louisi, Inglis,

1958, Spiniucauda bufonis Yamaguti, 1935a, S. cophotis Baylis, 1935c,

S. japonica Wilkie, 1930 and S. longispiculata Baylis, 1929. All

possesses combination of characters. The male tail bears caudal alae

supported by large fleshy papillae and a gubernacular mass is

developed from the walls of the cloaca, in females a Vulvular structure

is developed from the anterior tip of the vulva and in both sexes the

excretory pore open into a large lobulated excretory vesicle. Spinicauda

is characterized by the presence of a distinct gubernaculums, sessile

papillae only on the tail.

Thus Inglis (1958) considered Meteterakis is a valid species and

created a new subfamily Meteterakis (Inglis, 1958) Inglis 1967 for its

reception. Skrjabin and others (1961) followed the classification

proposed by Inglis (1958) and listed eleven species. The species M.

rodriguesi is described by Vicentle and Gomes in 1971. Among different

species of genus, those species represented so far from the amphibian

hosts are M. govindi Karve,1930 from rectum of B. melanostictus from

Burma (Myanmar), M. japonica (Wilkie, 1930) Inglis, 1958 from the

intestine of Rana japonica Guenther, 1858a (Japanese frog) from Japan,

Asia and M. karvei Naidu and Thakare, 1981 from rectum of B.

meanostictus Schneider,1799, Rana tigrina Daudin,1803 and Rana

hexadactyla Lesson, 1834 from Liluah and Belur in Howrah Dist. Habra

and Sonarpur in North and South 24 Parganas dist. respectively in

W.B. , India. Shuqian Zhang et al., (2011) added a new species of

Page 130: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

111

Meteterakis Karve, 1930 from the host Indotestudo elongata (Blyth) in

China with keys to the species of Meteterakis.

Karve (1930) reported about feebly developed lateral alae arising

from the cervical region extend to the tip of the tail based on the light

microscopic study. Inglis (1958) review work on the genus Meteterakis

and in Karve’s observation none of the places indicate the presence of

area of rugosa in the species M. govindi.

Zhang et al., (2004) found another species Meteterakis wangi

collected from the intestine of Indotestudo elongata (Blyth) from

Shijiazhuang, Hebei Province, China by anthelminthic treatment.

Deshmukh et al., (1980) reported Meteterakis aurangabadensis from the

rectum of Bufo melanostictus from Aurangabad, India. After this there is

no record on Metererakis sp. This is the first report since long time from

toad (Duttaphrynus melanostictus) in the present investigation.

This is the second time that M. govindi Karve, 1930 are reported

from Rana spp. from India and as a third report from Rana spp. in Asia

only after M. japonica (Wilkie, 1930) Inglis, 1958 and M. govindi Karve,

1930 by Mukul Sarkar (2007) W.B.

Page 131: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

12

Host – p

ara

sit

e l

ist

of

the g

enus M

ete

terak

is (K

arv

e,

1930)

A)

Fro

m B

ufo

spp.

(Laure

nti

, 1768)

Host

P

aras

ite

Loca

liti

es

Auth

or

Cla

ss:

Am

phib

ia L

innae

us,

1758

Ord

er:

Anu

ra R

afin

esque,

1815

Fam

ily:

Bufo

nid

ae G

ray,

1825

Gen

us:

Bufo

Lau

renti

, 1768

Cla

ss:

Nem

atoda

Rudolp

hi,

1808 A

men

d, D

iesi

ng, 1

861

Ord

er:

Asc

arid

ida

Chab

aud,

1965

Fam

ily:

Het

erak

idae

Rai

llie

t

and H

enry

, 1912

Gen

us:

Mat

eter

akis

Kar

ve,

1930

1)

Bufo

mel

anost

ictu

s

Sch

nei

der

, 1799 (

Blc

ak-

Sca

rred

to

ad, A

sian

com

mon t

oad

, B

lack

str

iped

toad

, co

mm

on I

ndia

n t

oad

)

Met

eter

aki

s g

ovi

ndi

syn.

Spin

icauda b

ufo

nis

Yam

aguti

,

1935

- In

gli

s (1

958)

Myan

mar

(R

angoon

), S

. A

sia

Kar

ve,

1930

do

M

. tr

ipura

e M

anu, N

ort

h d

ist.

Tri

pura

,

India

Dey S

arkar

, 2000

do

M

. g

ovi

ndi

Kar

ve,

1930

M

yan

mar

(R

angoon

), S

. A

sia

Gup

ta,

1960

do

do

Ban

gla

des

h, B

irat

i (W

.B.)

India

S

oota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

19

71

do

do

Chen

nai

S

oota

, 1981

do

M

. andam

anen

sis

Andam

an u

nio

n T

err.

Ind

ia

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

19

70

do

M

. ka

rvei

N

agp

ur

(M.S

.) I

ndia

N

aidu a

nd T

hak

are,

1981

do

M

. g

ovi

ndi

Kar

ve,

1930

C

anto

n, C

hin

a, S

.E.

Asi

a In

gli

s, 1

958

do

do

Tai

nan

, F

orm

osa

do

do

Spin

icauda b

ufo

nis

syn.

Of

M.

Jap

an, E

. A

sia

Yam

aguti

, 1935a

Page 132: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

13

govi

ndi

Kar

ve,

1930

do

M

etet

eraki

s basa

nae

Lil

uah

, B

elur,

Hab

ra a

nd

Sonar

pur

W.B

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

M

. g

ovi

ndi,

Kar

ve

1930

do

do

do

do

Nag

pur

(M.S

.)

Nai

du a

nd T

hak

are,

1981

2)

B. him

ala

yans

Guen

ther

,

1858b (

Him

alayan

toad

)

do

Kar

siyan

g (

Dar

jeel

ing)

W.B

. S

oota

and D

ey S

ark

ar,

1980

3)

Bufo

bufo

garg

ari

zans

Can

tor,

1842

M. ja

ponic

a (

Wil

kie

, 1930)

Peh

pei

Sze

chw

an, C

hin

a an

d

Shan

ghai

Ingli

s, 1

958

4)

Bufo

bufo

farm

osu

s

Boule

nger

, 1883

do

Shan

gai

, C

hin

a

do

5)

Bufo

bufo

jap

onic

us

Sch

legel

, 1838

Afr

icana h

ow

ard

i sy

n.

Of

M.

jap

onic

a (

Wil

kie

, 1930)

Jap

an, A

sia

Li,

1933

do

M

. ja

ponic

a

(W

ilkie

, 1930)

syn.

Spin

icauda

sp.

Hoch

ow

, S

zech

wan

, C

hin

a,

S.E

. A

sia

Ingli

s, 1

958

do

do

Sch

egel

, S

iga

pre

fect

ure

do

do

do

Sir

aham

a, W

akayam

a

pre

fect

ure

, Ja

pan

do

Bufo

spp

. ,

Lau

renti

, 176

8

do

Jap

an a

nd C

hin

a do

Page 133: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

14

B

) Fro

m R

ana

spp.

(Lin

naeus,

1768)

Fam

ily:

Ran

idae

, 1825

Gen

us:

Ran

a, L

innae

us,

1768

Host

P

aras

ites

L

oca

liti

es

Auth

or

1)

Rana j

ap

onic

a G

uen

ther

,

1858 (

Jap

anes

e fr

og)

M. ja

ponic

a (

Wil

kie

, 1930)

syn.

Spin

icauda

j.w

.

Jap

an, A

sia

In

gli

s, 1

958

do

M

. ja

ponic

a (

Wil

kie

, 1930)

Ingli

s, 1

958

Nag

pur

(M.S

.)

Nai

du a

nd T

hak

are,

1981

2)

Rana t

igri

na

Dau

din

, 1803

(India

n b

ull

fro

g )

M. g

ovi

ndi

Kar

ve,

1930

L

iluah

, H

abra

, B

elu

r an

d

Sonar

pur

W.B

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

M

. basa

nae

do

do

3)

Rana h

exada

ctyl

a

Les

son, 1834 (

Pond f

rog o

r

gre

en f

rog)

M. g

ovi

ndi

Kar

ve,

1930

do

do

do

M

. basa

nae

do

do

Page 134: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

15

C)

Fro

m R

epti

lia (H

uxle

y,

1876)

Cla

ss:

Rep

tili

a H

ux

ley, 1

876

Ord

er:

Squ

amat

a

Fam

ily:

Agam

idae

, G

ray.

Host

P

ara

site

L

oca

lity

A

uth

or

1)

Cer

ato

phora

sto

ddart

i G

ray,

1834

M. bayl

isi

Hag

kal

a, C

eylo

n

Ingli

s, 1

958

2)

Cop

hoti

s ce

ylonic

a P

eter

,

1861

M. co

photi

s (B

ayli

s, 1

93

5)

syn.

Spin

icauda

C.B

.

Gam

mad

uw

a, C

eylo

n a

nd I

ndia

do

3)

Lyr

ioce

phalu

s sc

uta

tus

do

do

do

Fam

ily :

Gek

konid

ae S

mit

h,

1932

4)

Gec

o g

eco

Lin

nae

us,

1758

M. lo

ng

isp

icaudata

(B

ayli

s,

1929)

Syn., S

pin

icau

da

1B

.

Sam

aran

g, Ja

va

(Indon

esia

)

do

Fam

ily:

Lac

erti

dae

5)

Tre

e L

izar

d

M. lo

uis

i

India

do

6)

Coru

cia z

ebra

ta G

ray,

1855

M

. tr

iacu

leata

(K

reis

, 19

33)

Syn., G

ang

ule

tera

kis

tria

cule

a

Kre

is, 19

33

Solo

man

in I

slan

ds

in P

acif

ic

Oce

an

do

Fam

ily :

Sci

nic

idae

Gra

y

Gen

us:

Mabuya

7)

Mabuya

cari

na

ta S

chnei

der

,

1801

M. m

abuyi

(C

hak

ravar

ty,

1944)

Syn.

Afr

icana

m.c

.

Cal

cutt

a, I

ndia

Ingli

s, 1

958

Fam

ily:

Var

anid

ae G

ray

8)

Vara

nus

ben

gale

nsi

s

Dau

din

, 1802

Afr

icana v

ara

ni

Kar

ve,

1930

Syn.., of

M. g

ovi

ndi

Zoolo

gic

al G

ard

ens,

Cal

cutt

a,

India

Map

lest

one,

1931

Page 135: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 136: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 137: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 138: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

116

06) Spinicauda anurae sp. nov.

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida Muller, 1880

Superfamily : Heterakoidea

Family : Heterakidae Railliet and Henry, 1912

Subfamily : Spinicaudinae Travassos, 1920

Genus : Spinicauda Travassos, 1920

Species : anurae

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus

Location : Intestine.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon.

Holotype : 1

Paratype : 2

Etymology : Named after the order of hosts.

Deposition : Helminth Research lab, Dept. of zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad.

Generic diagnosis:

Lateral fields conspicuous, composed of single row of large cells.

Mouth with three subtriangular lips, expanded anteriorly and laterally

as in Strongyluris, without cordons. Oesophagus cylindrical with short

pharynx and posterior bulb.

Female:

Tail long, tapering and conical ended in spine; vulva near middle

of the body, prominent. Uterine branches parallel. Oviparous; eggs with

Page 139: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

117

thick, often rugose, shell. Parasitic in alimentary canal of reptiles and

amphibians.

Measurements and description:

Female:

Body measures 2.84-3.75x 0.25-0.42; Oesophagus including bulb

0.39-0.47x0.03-0.05; nerve ring at 0.035-0.057; bulb 0.11-0.24x0.05-

0.08; excretory pore placed 0.032-0.037 from the anterior end; vulva

positioned 0.096-0.11 from the anterior extremity; tail tapering 0.48-

0.52 long and pointed at the tip.

Male: Not found.

Discussion:

In 1920 the genus Spinicauda was described by Travassos is

characterized by conspicuous lateral fields, subtriangular lips,

expanded anteriorly and laterally, without cordons, pharynx present,

oesophagus with posterior bulb, male tail long and without alale,

papillae small, sessile, spicules short, subequal, gubernaculum present,

in female tail long, tapering, vulva near middle of body, uterine

branches parallel, oviparous, eggs with thick shell and often rugose. It

is a parasite in the alimentary canal of reptiles and amphibians.

After two years in 1922 the genus was synonymised by Baylis and

Daubney in Sonsinia. The genotype Spinicauda spinicauda described by

Rudolphi, 1819 in Lacerta teguixin from Brazil, South America is also

recorded from Cternodon sp. (Yamaguti, 1961; Systema Helminthum

Vol.111. Part 1, 154p).

Baylis (1935b) described the species Spinicauda cophotis from

alimentary canal of lizards from Cophotis ceylonica and Lyriocephalus

scutatus (Agamid lizards) from Gammaduwa in Sri Lanka (then Ceylon).

Page 140: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

118

There is a record of immature Spinicuda from Dyricephalus scutatus in

the Zoological Survey of India, probably belngs to S. cophotis by Brazil

in 1935b. Inglis (1958) reconstituted the genus Meteterakis Karve, 1930

as a distinct morphological and geographical group on the basis of some

morphological characters. The movement of species to it has altered the

constitution of the genera Africana Travassos, 1920 and Spinicauda

Travassos, 1920 and the remaining species in the genus Spinicauda are

Spinicuda spinicauda (Rudolphi, 1819), Travassos. 1920; S. amarali

Pereira, 1935; S. australiensis Baylis, 1930; S. campanula (Von Linstow,

1879a,b) Travassos, 1920; S. icosiensis (Seurat, 1917) Travassos, 1920;

S. mathevossianae Skarbilovitch, 1950 and S. sonsinoi (Von Linstow,

1894, Travassos, 1920). While the Spinicauda cophotis Baylis, 1935;

Spinicauda japonica Wilkie, 1930 and S. longispiculata Baylis, 1929 a,b

transferred to genus Mateterakis by him (1958). According to his

description the male tail bears the caudal alae supported by large fleshy

papillae and a gubernaculum mass is developed from the walls of the

cloaca and Spinicauda is characterized by the presence of a distinct

gubernaculum, sessile papillae only on the tail (or caudal papillae small

and sessile); the spicules are short and subequal; caudal alae are

absent or rudimentary in male and in the female the vulva is near the

middle of the body; tail long and tapering.

This present specimens show the characteristic feature similar to

genus Spinicauda Travassos, 1920. It shows some variation in the

morphological characters with the type species, Spnicauda spinicauda

Olfers in Rud., 1819 (Yamaguti, 1961; Syatema Helminthum Vol.111.

Part 1, 154p.). Length of female body is 5-7 in case of Spinicauda

spinicauda (Yorke and Maplestone, 1926) while it is 2.84-3.75 in the

present specimens; distance of excretory pore from anterior end is 0.73-

0.80 in S. spinicauda and whereas it is 0.032-0.037 in present

Page 141: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

119

specimens; distance of nerve ring from anterior end is 0.40-0.45 in S.

spinicauda and whereas it is 0.035-0.079 in present specimens.

The specimens under investigation also show the resemblance in

their various body characters with S. cophotis Baylis, 1935b. In both

cases the cuticle is finely striated but they differ in the length of the

body, length of tail and distance of vulva. In S. cophotis length of body

7.3-9.0, nerve ring at 0.3-0.36 distance, length of oesophagus is 1-1.16,

distance of vulva 3-3.5 form the head end and is very immediately

behind it, length of tail is 0.4-0.55. Thus this is relatively larger than

present specimens. Bayli’s specimens recorded from reptiles, Agmid

lizard Cophotis ceylonica and Lyriocephalus scutatus from Gammaduwa,

Ceylon; but the present specimen is recorded from amphibian,

Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et al., 2006 from

Aurangabad, Maharashtra, India. The present specimens under

investigation also show variation in its body measurements and

different body characters with all other species; Spinicauda

australiensis Baylis, 1935 and Spincauda grimmae Belle, 1957; in

length of the body, length of tail, distance of vulva from anterior end

and position of vulva.

Morphologically the most closely related species is S. voltaensis

Baker and Bain, 1981b in Bufo sp. from Burkina Faso, but it differs in

smooth cuticle and is less sclerotised.

The present specimen also differs with S. dugessi Gumiel, 1991,

in having vulva, (salient vs prominent), total length of body (10x 0.58 vs

2.84-3.75x 0.25-0.42), pharynx (long & wide vs small), oesophagus

(0.98 vs 0.39-0.47) and tail (0.15vs 0.48-0.52).

The species of the genus Spinicauda are parasites of reptiles and

amphibians from tropical and subtropical regions: South America

Page 142: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

120

(Brazil), Africa (Madagascar, Egypt, Algeria, and Burkina Fasto),

Australia, New Guinea, Taiwan, Indonesia and India.

Thus from the above discussion, it is confirmed that the present

species is consider to be a new species to the genus Spinicauda

Travassos, 1920. This reported Spinicauda sp.n. in present investigation

reported as a second report after Mukul Dutta, 2007 from W.B. in an

amphibian host in India and first from the Maharashtra as there is no

any previous report of this genus from reptiles and amphibians before

this study.

Page 143: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

121

Tab

le N

o. C

om

pari

sion

of

the

pre

sen

t sp

ecie

s w

ith

oth

er r

elate

d s

pec

ies

of

the

Gen

us

Sp

inic

au

da

Tra

vass

os,

1920 i

n

am

ph

ibin

as

an

d r

etil

es f

rom

vari

ou

s lo

cali

ties

.

Sr.

No.

1

2

3

Nam

e of

Nem

atodes

Spin

icauda s

pin

icauda

Olf

ers

in R

ud., 1

819

Spin

icauda a

ust

rali

ensi

s B

ayli

s, 1

935

Spin

icauda c

op

hoti

s

Bayli

s, 1

935a

Host

s L

acer

ta t

eguix

in a

nd

Cte

nodon s

p.

Til

iqua

scin

coid

es

Agam

id l

izar

ds:

Cop

hoti

s

ceyla

nic

a an

d L

yri

oce

ph

alus

scuta

tus

Loca

tion

N

ot

men

tioned

R

ectu

m

Not

men

tioned

Geo

gra

phic

al

dis

trib

uti

on

T

ow

nsv

ille

in Q

uee

nsl

and,

Aust

rali

a

and C

hin

g D

o

Gam

mad

uw

a, C

eylo

n

Mouth

Lip

s re

trac

tile

wit

hin

a c

uti

cula

r ci

llar

Oes

op

hag

us

cuti

cle

T

ransv

erse

ly s

tria

ted a

t in

terv

als

Cuti

cle

is v

ery f

inel

y s

tria

ted

Cau

dal

pap

illa

e

At

leas

t 23 p

airs

A

bout

16 p

airs

and a

re v

ery

min

ute

.

Sp

icule

s

Not

men

tioned

H

as t

esse

llat

ed s

truct

ure

and

are

of

the

form

found i

n o

ther

mem

ber

of

the

gen

us

wit

h t

he

exp

anded

ro

ot

ben

t at

an

obtu

se a

ngle

tow

ards

the

ven

tral

surf

ace.

Gub

ernac

ulu

m

- -

Thic

ken

ing o

f th

e dors

al w

all

of

the

cloac

a p

rob

ably

rep

rese

nts

an a

cces

sory

pie

ce,

but

is a

ppar

entl

y n

ot

chit

iniz

ed.

It i

s p

arti

ally

chit

iniz

ed a

nd i

rreg

ula

r in

shap

e.

Page 144: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

122

Bo

dy

mea

sure

men

ts:

(All

mea

sure

men

ts a

re i

n m

m u

nle

ss o

ther

wis

e n

ote

d)

1

2

3

Mal

e F

emal

e M

al

Fem

ale

Mal

e

Fem

ale

Len

gth

of

bod

y

5-7

5-7

3.8

-3.9

4.4

-4.8

6.4

-8

7.3

-9

Bre

adth

of

bod

y

0.3

6-0

.38

0.4

8

0.2

5-0

.34

0.2

4-0

.37

Phar

ynx

0.0

6-0

.07

0.0

6-0

.07

0.0

7-0

.08

0.0

7-0

.08

Dis

tance

of

excr

eato

ry p

ore

from

ante

rior

extr

emit

y

0.7

3-0

.8

0.2

8-0

.35

0.2

8-0

.35

0.5

-0.5

7

0.5

-0.5

7

Dis

tance

of

ner

ve

ring f

rom

ante

rior

extr

emit

y

0.4

0-0

.45

0.2

6-0

.30

0.2

6-0

.30

0.3

0-0

.36

0.3

0-0

.36

Len

gth

of

oes

op

hag

us

0.7

0-0

.75

0.8

0

0.9

-1.0

1.0

-1.1

6

Bulb

Dis

tance

of

vulv

a

from

an

teri

or

end

2.1

in a

spec

imen

of

4.4

mm

long

and s

lightl

y i

n

front

of

mid

dle

of

the

bod

y

3.0

-3.5

Pre

equat

ori

al.

Len

gth

of

tail

0.2

1-0

.27,

conic

al a

nd

rap

idly

tap

erin

g

0.4

5-0

.55,

conic

al a

nd

rap

idly

tap

erin

g

0.2

9-0

.38

caudal

end

curv

e,

ven

tral

ly a

nd

tap

ers

to a

fin

e

poin

t

0.4

-0.5

5 b

ears

a p

air

of

smal

l

pap

illa

e at

about

0.1

mm

from

the

tip

.

Page 145: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

123

Sr.

No.

4

5

6

Nam

e of

Nem

atodes

Spin

icauda

gri

mm

ae

Bel

le,

1957

Spin

icauda p

adm

ai

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

000

Spin

icauda a

nura

e sp

. nov.

(pre

sent

inves

tigat

ion)

Host

s Sci

ncu

s off

icin

ali

s R

ana h

exadact

yla

Les

son,

1834

D.

mel

anost

ictu

s F

rost

et

al.,

2006

Loca

tion

L

arge

inte

stin

e

inte

stin

e in

test

ine

Geo

gra

phic

al d

istr

ibuti

on

E

I A

rish

Eg

yp

t (U

.A.R

.)

Nort

h A

fric

a

Lil

uah

dis

t. H

ow

rah, W

.B.

India

MID

C a

rea

of

Aura

ngab

ad

(M.S

.)

India

Mouth

G

uar

ded

by t

hre

e si

mp

le l

ips

and s

mal

l p

har

ynx

is

pre

sent.

Wit

h t

hre

e su

b t

rian

gula

r li

ps

Wit

h t

hre

e li

ps

Oes

op

hag

us

Musc

ula

r, c

yli

ndri

cal,

en

din

g

in a

sp

her

ical

bulb

and i

s not

sep

arat

ed f

rom

res

t of

oes

op

hag

us

by a

ny

const

rict

ion

Wit

h s

hort

phar

ynx

and

post

erio

r b

ulb

Sm

all

phar

ynx

wit

h p

ost

erio

r

bulb

cuti

cle

Ver

y f

inel

y s

tria

ted

Cau

dal

pap

illa

e M

any a

nd s

essi

le

Sm

all

and s

essi

le

Sp

icule

s S

ub

equal

, le

ft s

pic

ule

sli

ghtl

y

curv

ed t

ow

ards

ven

tral

sid

e of

the

worm

and i

ts r

oot

is b

road

and b

ifurc

ated

.

F

emal

e h

avin

g p

rom

inen

t

vulv

a

Gub

ernac

ulu

m

Clu

b s

hap

ed

Page 146: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

124

Bo

dy

mea

sure

men

ts:

(All

mea

sure

men

ts a

re i

n m

m u

nle

ss o

ther

wis

e n

ote

d)

4

5

6

Mal

e F

emal

e M

ale

Fem

ale

Mal

e F

emal

e

Len

gth

of

bod

y

4-3

.8

5.9

5

2.8

-6.8

3

3.5

3-7

.04

Not

found

2.8

4-3

.75

Bre

adth

of

bod

y

0.4

9

0.4

3

0.2

0-0

.37

0.1

92-0

.48

0.2

5-0

.42

Phar

ynx

-

0.0

6

0.0

32-0

.048

0.0

32-0

.048

Dis

tance

of

excr

etory

pore

from

ante

rior

extr

emit

y

0.4

9

0.4

5

0.2

9-0

.66

0.1

6-0

.62

0.0

32-0

.037

Dis

tance

of

ner

ve

ring f

rom

ante

rior

extr

emit

y

0.2

8

0.3

5

0.0

4-0

.11

0.0

48-0

.096

0.0

35-0

.057

Len

gth

of

oes

op

hag

us

0.7

2

0.8

8

0.6

4-0

.98

0.3

3-1

.08

0.3

9-0

.47

Bulb

0.1

2-0

.14

(0.1

2x

0.1

2)-

(0.2

0x

0.1

4)

(0.0

8x

0.0

9)-

(0.2

4x

0.1

7)

0.1

1-0

.24x

0.0

5-0

.08

Dis

tance

of

vulv

a

from

an

teri

or

end

2.9

8 a

nd s

lightl

y

pro

min

ent

1.6

8-2

.68

0.0

96-0

.11

Len

gth

of

tail

0.4

0

0.1

6-0

.30

0.1

4-0

.40

0.4

8-0

.52

Page 147: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

125

Ho

st-

pa

rasi

te l

ist

of

the

Gen

us

Spin

icau

da

Tra

va

ssos,

192

0

I)

Rep

rese

nta

tives

fro

m R

epti

les

hu

xle

y,

1876

Sr.

No

. H

ost

s P

aras

ites

L

oca

ltie

s A

uth

ors

C

lass

: R

epti

lia

Hu

xle

y,1

87

6

Ord

er:

Sau

ria

Ord

er:

Asc

arid

ida

Fam

ily:

Het

erak

idae

Rai

llie

t an

d

Hen

ry,

19

12

Gen

us:

Sp

inic

au

da

Tra

vas

sos,

19

20

1

Am

eiva

am

eiva

(Ju

ngle

runn

er)

Sp

inic

au

da

am

ara

li

Bra

zil

(So

uth

Am

eric

a)

Per

eira

, 1

93

5

2

Am

eiva

teg

uix

in

S.

turg

ida

syn

. H

eter

aki

s d

o

Sch

nei

der

, 1

86

6

3

Til

iqu

a s

cin

coid

es

(Au

stra

lian

blu

e-to

ngu

e sk

in)

S.

au

stra

lien

sis

Qu

een

slan

d (

Au

stra

lia)

B

ayli

s, 1

930

4

La

cert

a c

am

pes

tris

S

. ca

mp

an

ula

B

razi

l (S

ou

th A

mer

ica)

L

inst

ow

, 1

89

9

5

do

H

eter

aki

s ca

mp

anu

la

Yp

anem

a, B

razi

l

(S.

Am

eric

a)

do

6

La

cert

a o

cell

ata

S

. so

nsi

oni

syn

., S

on

sinia

s., (L

) N

. A

mer

ica

Lin

sto

w,

19

17

7

Sci

ncu

s off

icin

ali

s S

. g

rim

ma

e E

gyp

t N

. A

mer

ica

Bel

le,

19

57

8

Ch

am

ael

eo v

ulg

ari

s

(Co

mm

on

ch

amel

eon

)

S.

son

sio

ni

syn

., S

on

sinia

s., (L

) N

. A

mer

ica

Lin

sto

w,

18

94

9

C. la

tera

lis

(Ch

amel

eons)

S

. in

gli

si

Mad

agas

car

Isla

nd

(Mal

agas

y,

Ind

ian

Oce

an)

Ch

abau

d a

nd

Bry

go

o,1

96

0

10

d

o

S.

frei

tasi

M

adag

asca

r Is

lan

d

(Mal

agas

y,

Ind

ian

Oce

an)

Ch

abau

d a

nd

Bry

go

o,1

96

0

11

G

ong

yles

oce

lla

tus

S.

icosi

ensi

s N

. A

mer

ica

Seu

rat,

19

17

12

A

ga

ma

sp

. S

. ca

mp

an

ula

N

. A

mer

ica

and

Mad

agas

car

(Mal

agas

y)

Lin

sto

w,

18

89

13

C

op

ho

tis

ceyl

an

ica

S.

cop

hoti

s C

eylo

n (

Asi

a)

Bay

lis,

19

35b

14

L

ysio

cep

halu

s sc

uta

tus

do

d

o

Bay

lis,

19

35b

15

G

ecko

gec

ko

S

. lo

ngis

pic

ula

ta

----

- B

ayli

s, 1

929

16

T

up

ina

mbis

teg

uix

in

(Po

din

ema

teg

uix

in)-

Co

mm

on

teg

u

S.

spin

ica

ud

a

---

Olf

ers

in R

ud

olp

hi,

18

19

Page 148: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TA

XO

NO

MY

126

II)

Rep

rese

nta

tiv

es f

rom

Am

ph

ibia

Lin

na

eus,

17

58

S

r. N

o.

Ho

sts

Par

asit

es

Lo

cali

ty

Au

tho

rs

C

lass

: A

mp

hib

ia L

inae

us,

17

58

Ord

er:

An

ura

Raf

ines

qu

e, 1

81

5

1

Bufo

bufo

Lin

nae

us,

175

8

(Eu

ropea

n t

oad

or

Chin

ese

toad

)

(= B

ufo

vulg

ari

s L

aure

nti

, 1

76

8)

Syn

. B

. asi

ati

cus

Can

tor,

18

42

,

B.

cin

ereu

s H

allo

wel

l, 1

845

, B

.

terr

estr

is L

inn

aeu

s, 1

76

6

S.

jap

on

ica

Jap

an,

Asi

a

Wil

kie

, 1

93

0

2

B.

mel

ano

stic

tus

Sch

nei

der

,

17

99

(Asi

an c

om

mo

n t

oad

, b

lack

stri

ped

toad

, co

mm

on

In

dia

to

ad)

S.

bu

fon

is

do

Yam

agu

ti,

19

35a

3

Bufo

sp.

Lau

renti

,176

8

S.

ma

thev

osi

an

ae

So

uth

ern

Kir

giz

ia

Skar

bil

ovit

sch

, 1

95

0

4

Ra

na

japo

nic

a G

uen

ther

,185

8

(Jap

anes

e fr

og)

S.

jap

on

ica

Jap

an,

Asi

a W

ilkie

, 1

93

0

5

Ra

na

sp

. L

inn

aeu

s, 1

76

8

S.

ma

thev

osi

an

ae

Ru

ssia

S

kar

bil

ovit

sch

, 1

95

0

6

Ra

na

hex

ad

act

yla L

esso

n, 1

83

4

(In

dia

n g

reen

fro

g o

r p

ond

fro

g)

Sp

inic

au

da

pa

dm

ai

Lil

uah

, dis

t. H

ow

rah

, W

.B.

Ind

ia

Mu

ku

l D

utt

a, 2

00

7

7

Bufo

mel

an

ost

ictu

s

Page 149: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 150: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 151: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

127

07) Monhysterides sp. (Baylis and Daubney, 1922)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida

Superfamily : Cosmocercoidea

Family : Attractidae (Railliet, 1917; Subfamily)

Travassos,1919.

Genus : Monhysterides Baylis and Daubney, 1922.

Material Examined:

Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus &

Euphlyctis hexadactylus

Location : Coelom, lungs, liver, external wall of stomach,

small intestine.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon

Deposition : Helminthology Lab. Department of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. Univ. Aurangabad (M.S.) India.

Species Diagnosis:

It is the larval form with some generic characters. Oral structure is

that of genus Monhysterides. These are small size worm, when freshly

collected or extracted appear yellowish in colour and body of medium

size and tapering towards posterior extremity. Mouth with six (two lateral

and four submedian) small projecting lips or called nodules. Oesophagus

divided into two parts the posterior becoming bulbous at its extremity

and not followed by a separate bulb. Tail long, pointed. Sex could not be

differentiated.

Page 152: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

128

Measurement and Description:

Body 3.43-5.72 long, 0.08-0.45 wide; oesophagus 0.22-0.49 long,

0.05-0.20 wide; tail pointed, 0.14-0.35 long. Cuticle is ornamented with

fine transverse striations upto tip of the tail. The excretory pore is at the

junction of oesophagus with intestine. Mouth is a circular opening. Tail

conical with transverse striations. Variation in the tail structures in this

larval stage is also recorded.

The infection started mainly in the rainy season (June-Nov.) with

Monhysterides sp. larvae in Bufo spp. At the initial stage the cysts were

very small in size and huge in numbers on lungs, liver, mesenteries,

peritoneum and other visceral organs. The number of cysts gradually

decreased but their size increased mainly from rainy season towards

winter and summer season.

The cysts usually were larger in post monsoon season.

Occasionally the larvae remained outside the cyst wall mostly in the liver

and when cysts in particular organ were kept in the saline water

overnight most of them came out of the cysts and were very active.

Generally single larva recovered from single cyst of host.

The new born larvae normally enter directly either the lymph

spaces or the hepatic portal system upon reaching the venous system;

they are carried to the liver, heart, lungs, skeletal muscles etc. through

the circulation. The highest concentrations of larvae usually occur in the

liver. Once in the muscle fiber, the larvae increase in size and become

coiled, meanwhile the muscle fibers undergo degenerative changes and

each parasite becomes surrounded by a membranous cyst.

These worms caused perforations and haemorrhages in the wall of

related organs. The stomach wall becomes thickened in the affected

parts; the mucous and muscle layers were damaged and broken down.

Page 153: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

129

Usually one cyst contained any one larva but in a few cases two larvae

were recorded.

The species of the genus Monhysterides infesting pisces,

amphibian and reptilia known so far.

Discussion:

Baylis and Daubney (1922) established the genus Monhysterides

with M. piscicola as its type species for his specimens from a fresh water

fish, Mahaseer (Tor tor) from Falakata, Bangladesh. A second species M.

iheringi was described by Travassos et al., (1928) from fishes Piaractus

brachypomus and Mayleus sp. from Brazil. Baylis (1933) described a

third species, M. testudinicola from a reptile, Trionyx cartilaginous in

Pahang, Malayasia. Baylis (1936) included a fourth species M. kachugae

(Stewart, 1914) (=Atractis kachugae) from intestine of Kachuga kachuga

from Lucknow in his fauna Vol. Sood (1972) reported a female species

from Wallago attu from Lucknow. Till date no additional species has been

included under this genus.

Mukul Dutta (2007) reported larvae of Monhysterides sp. from

frogs in West Bengal. No report of occurrence of larvae from toads and

frogs are available so far from the Maharashtra region. This is the first

record of larval forms of genus collected from toads and frogs.

From the present observation it is observed that:

1) The liver of toads remained infected throughout the year in all

the areas studied.

2) Winter is the best season where infection with these larvae was

high in the given study area.

3) Infection started with the initiation of rainy season and reached

at its peak at the end of this season.

Page 154: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

130

4) The Duttaphrynus melanostictus also remained infected during

hibernation (Dec.-Feb.) period irrespective of the area. Whereas

remained less infected with these larvae in aestivation period

(March-May).

5) These larvae are highly pathogenic; in some cases they are

capable of causing serious damage, generally cause

haemorrhages and ulcer, when the numbers of larvae are large

in an organ.

Numerous Monhysterides sp. encysted larvae were recorded from

the liver, stomach and a few from the coelom, intestinal wall, mesenteries

and fat bodies of Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et

al., 2006. The amount of the material made possible detailed

morphological and metrical studies of the worms. The nematodes of this

genus are parasites exclusively in fishes and reptiles. This is the first

record of the larvae of the genus Monhysterides from the amphibian

hosts in Maharashtra (Aurangabad region) India.

Page 155: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 156: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 157: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 158: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

131

08) Ascaridia galli [ (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923]

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861

Order : Ascaridida (Muller, 1880) Chabaud, 1965

Superfamily : Heterakoidea

Family : Ascaridiidae Travassos, 1919

Genus : Ascaridia Dujardin, 1845

Species : Ascaridia galli (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923

Material examined:

Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus

Location : small intestine

Locality : Waluj MIDC.

Deposition : Helminthology Lab. Department of Zoology,

Dr. B.A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.) India.

Species Diagnosis:

The worms are large in size females are larger than male. Mouth

usually bearing three lips, one dorsal and two subventral in position. The

dorsal lip is somewhat broader than the subventral lips and bears a pair

of large, lozenge shaped papillae. Oesophagus elongate, gradually

widening posteriorly but not forming a bulb ventriculus. Spicules

somewhat equal in size. Caudal alae poorly developed or absent. Preanal

sucker more or less rounded. Lateral alae absent. Vulva near the middle

of the body. Oviparous, eggs with thick shell. Parasitic in birds.

Measurement and description:

Male:

Body 6.14-6.64 long, 0.57-0.59 wide; nerve ring at 0.192 from

anterior end; oesophagus 1.2-1.28 in length; tail conical, tip pointed and

Page 159: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

132

0.17-0.20 long; spicules subequal, expanded slightly to proximal end and

narrow to distal end, ending in a blunt tip; gubernaculum absent.

Preanal sucker large, slightly convex; sucker 0.08x0.08 in diameter

present at 0.08 from the cloaca. Caudal papillae 9 pairs relatively large

and discernible, 3 pairs near the sucker, 2 pairs near the cloaca and 4

pairs anal in position.

Female:

They are longer than males and 16 x 0.65 in length and breath.

The body is elongated, long, semitransparent, wide anterioly and tapering

posteriorly. Buccal capsule is medium, lies at anterior end and measures

0.014 (0.013-0.014) x0.026 (0.025-0.027). The nerve ring is surrounded

by muscular portion of oesophagus and lies at 0.040 from anterior

extremity. The oesophagus is long, muscular and measures 0.28 (0.27-

0.28) x 0.023 (0.015-0.031). The vulva is pre-equatorial, lies at 6.8 from

anterior extremity. The vulval opening is oval slight at mid-dorsal side of

the body. The muscular vagina runs posteriorly and it gives uterine

tubes. The eggs are large in size, oval in shape and measures 0.0054

(0.0051-0.0056) x 0.004 (0.003-0.004). The tail straight, without caudal

alae and measures 0.1 (0.09-0.1) x 0.02 (0.01-0.03).

Discussion:

Froelich (1789) described the species Ascaris hermaphroditia for

which Dujardin (1845) created a subgenus Ascaridia under the genus

Ascaris with Ascaris truncate Zeder, 1803 as its type species. The first

satisfactory description and drawing of parasites were given by Schneider

(1866). It is fundamentally the equivalent of a modern description of A.

lineate.

While Schneider, (1866) and Stossich (1887) merged the subgenus

with Heterakis Railliet and Henry (1912) preferred to treat it as a

Page 160: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

133

separate genus Ascaridia and this was accepted by subsequent workers.

Thus the type species is synonymous with the following changes: Ascaris

hermaphrodita Froelich, 1789; Fusaria truncate, Zeder, 1803; which

again Ascaris truncata (Zeder, 1803) Rudolphi, 1809; Ascaridia truncata

(Zeder, 1803) Dujardin, 1845; Heterakis truncata (Zeder, 1803)

Schneider, 1866 and the hosts recorded for the type species are

Amazona ochrocephala, Chrysotis festiva, Conurus pavus, P. Leucoc, P.

Leucotis, P. Menstrus, P. Pulcerulentus, P. Pertinax, P. Phoenichrus, P.

purpureus, P. sulfureus, P. vinaceus, C. solstitialis, Pionus (psittacus)

aestivus.

The records of different species of the genus are mostly from birds

and cosmopolitan in distribution. These are one of the large nematodes.

The usual habitat of the adult worms is the lumen of the small intestine

of the host. They are however, sometimes found in the large intestine and

occasionally wander into the oviduct.

Goeze (1782) described the combined species Ascaris teres, in

which they included nematodes from chickens, cats and carnivores.

Schrank (1788) gave no description, but merely based himself on Goeze’s

drawing, giving this parasite the name Ascaris galli. Two years later

Gmelin (1790) described species Ascaris gallopavonis. Later three more

species from domestic fowls: Fusaria inflexa Zeder, 1800; Ascaris

perspicillum Rudolphi, 1803; Ascaris gibbosa Rudolphi, 1809 were set up

by several authors. All three species are related to the new subgenus

Ascaridia that erected by Dujardin in 1845. Schneider (1866) described

yet another species under the name Heterakis lineata from Gallus sp.

from Brazil in South America.

In addition to these species that are described from domestic fowls,

particularly, galliform mention should also be made up of Heterakis

granulose, Linstow, 1906a, b from a chicken from Ceylon which was later

transferred by Railliet and Henry to genus Ascaridia and the species

Page 161: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

134

Ascaridia hamia Lane, 1914 from a chicken from India which has been

described in detail.

The genus Ascaridia Dujardin, 1845 parasites of birds belongs to

subfamily Ascaridiinae Travassos, 1919 parasitic in birds and

occasionally in reptiles and mammals is the only representative of family

Ascarididae Blanchard, 1849 from birds (ref. Yamaguti Vol.III, Part I) has

been reported from several parts of the world from only birds and

possibly of reptiles and fish. Some authors consider that parasitism of

Ascaridia possibly occurs in reptiles and fishes, which seems doubtful to

others but on time that was proof to be authentic and not only report

from reptiles and fishes but also from mammals only one species was

described from an elephant (Mozgovoi, 1968) and reptiles barring two

records of apparent accidental infection i.e. A. brevicauda (Ratz, 1897)

Railliet and Henry, 1914 from Lucioperca sandra from Balton, Hungary

and another A. Ganapati Sood, 1967 from Mastacembhalus armatus from

Lucknow, (U.P.). The hosts from which it has been recorded in India

included the common fowl from Berhampore, (W.B.) (Lane, 1914) and

Zoological Garden, Calcutta (Baylis and Daubney, 1922). Ackert (1931)

who worked for many years on Ascarids, analysed the data after study

from in the literature and studied a large number of Ascaids from

chickens from England, East Africa, the USA and India. They reached to

the conclusion that they had studied one species A. lineata. The life

history of the species has been extensively studied by Ackert (1931) and

other. In the same year, 1932 Sprehn published his research on Ascarids

from Germany, Asia, Africa, North and South America and the

Philippines. In their conclusion the author considers A. lineata the

common universally distributed parasites of chickens.

Baylis (1932 and 1936) analyzed the data on the similarity between

species A. galli and A. lineata and examined a considerable amount of

Page 162: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

135

original material. They reached on the conclusion that these two species

were identical and this helminth should be called A. galli.

The occurrence of this parasites in the hen’s egg is very uncommon

(Manna, 1992), although reports on inclusion of blood faecal matter etc.

are available (Baylis, 1936). It may happen that the worm be brought

from cloaca into the oviduct by reverse peristalsis (Manna, 1992) and

may be enclosed within the egg shell which in course of time attains

maturity. A. platyceri Kajerova et al., 2004 were recorded from

Psittaciformes birds. A. platyceri is a typical Ascarid of parrots of

Australian origin. The fact that this parasite was found in bird species of

African origin demonstrated by possibility of the spread of A. platyceri to

hosts of different zoogeographical origin. A. platyceri was described in

detail from the host Melopsittacus undulates and differentiated from

other Ascarids based on morphological and quantitative traits. A.

numidae along with other nematodes were recorded in the trachea,

oesophagus, crop, small intestine and caecum from Guinea fowls in

Benin, West Africa by Salifou et al., (2003) and in the same year along

with other strongyloides, A. galli were recovered from six Marabou storks

(Leptoptilos crumeniferus) in Kampala. Ugenda, E. Africa by Bwangamoi

et al., 2003.

Roe deer (Capreolus capreolus) in North-West Poland were reported

for the Trichocephalus ovis (Trichuris ovis) from caecum by Balicka-

Ramisz et al., 2003. Presence of A. hermaphrodita (Froelich, 1789) in Ara

chloroptera (Birds, Psittaciformes) in Argentina observed by Martinez et

al., 2003 and is considered the first record in the country.

Parrots (Pittaciformes) were infected by seven nematode species of

genus Ascaridia and gallinaceous and Columbiform birds were infected by

A. galli and A. columbae respectively and this two parasites were also

recorded from parrots and data from literature on taxonomy, synonyms

and list of definite hosts of these nematode species were reviewed by

Page 163: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

136

Kajerova et al., 2004. Variation in the prevalence and intensity of

intestinal helminth infections were observed for Ascaridia columbae along

with other nematodes in mourning doves (Zenaida macroura) from four

states Arizona, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and Tennessee, USA by Lee

et al., 2004.

Thus from domestic fowls a considerable number of species of

Ascarids have described by several authors. It has not been possible to

check them fully as in many cases the original description is extremely

inadequate and the A. galli (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923 is a most

common nematode parasite harbouring in the intestine of fowl.

In the helminthological literature of the present century

considerable discussion has taken place on the nomenclature of Ascarids

of fowls. Several workers have suggested that species A. galli described

by Rudolphi in 1803 under the name Ascaris perspiciullum from Turkey

in Germany is a single common parasite of domestic fowls dispersed over

the entire globe. But on the other hand many workers considered the

form Ascaridia perspicillum and that of the western hemisphere as A.

lineata.

Chertkova (1950) subjected all the preceding literature on the

identity of species A. galli and A. lineata to detailed and searching

analysis and on the basis of the examination of original Ascarid material

from chickens of the USSR. They confirmed that these two species were

the same and concluded that in chickens of the USSR only one species of

Ascarid A. galli is parasitic.

From the long list of synonyms of species A. galli taken from the

literature are A. galli Schrank, 1788, Ascaris teres Goeze, 1782., Ascaris

gallopavonis Gmelin, 1790; Ascaris gibbosa Rudolphi, 1803; A. inflexa

Rudolphi, 1809; Fusaria inflexa Zeder, 1800; Heterakis inflexa (Rudolphi,

1809) Schneider, 1866; H. lineata Schneider, 1866; H. perspicillum

(Rudolphi, 1803) Railliet, 1892; H. granulose Linstow, 1906a,b; Ascaridia

Page 164: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

137

gibbosa (Rudolphi, 1803) Dujardin, 1845; A. lineata (Schneider, 1866)

Railliet and Henry, 1912; A. granulosa (Linstow, 1906a,b) Railliet and

Henry, 1912; A. hamia Lane, 1914 Chertkova added one more species A.

sinensis described by Wu and Kung, 1944; from a domestic chicken in

China.

The species A. galli (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923 is of

cosmopolitan in distribution and occurs in a considerable number of

birds. Its most usual host is the common fowl. It also occurs in the

Turkey, Guinea fowl and domestic duck (Baylis, 1936). The species of

this genus are the parasites in the intestines of Jungle crow, pigeons,

cranes and galliform birds.

Incidence of A. galli in Palampur in Palam valley of Himachal

Pradesh were recorded in village of farm birds by faecal and intestinal

content by Chaddha et al., 2004 and the highest incidence of A. galli was

recorded in the rainy months and lowest in winter months, which is also

recorded from intestines of Gallus gallus domesticus obtained from

various markets in Beed district, Maharashtra, India by Shinde et al.,

2004.

The occurrence of a pair (male and female) in an amphibian host

Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et al., 2006 in the

present report is the first record and should be considered as an

accidental infection in toad and also recorded as a new host record for A.

galli. The host might have swallowed the nematode or eggs from the

intestines of a bird, thrown by the outside agencies.

The present specimens under investigation shows differences with

the type species A. hermaphrodita (Froelich, 1789) Railliet and Henry,

1914 in various measurements and different body characters. The

species under investigation were obtained from the intestine of

Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider, 1799) Frost et al., 2006 but A.

hermaphrodita were collected from intestines of Amazona ochrocephala,

Page 165: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

138

Chrysotis festiva, Conorus pavuc, C. Solstitialis, Pionus (psittacus)

aestivus, P. aracanga, P.araraum, P. dominicensis, P. festivus, P. leucoco,

P. leucotis, P. menstrus, P. pulverulentus, P. pertinax, P. phoenicurus, P.

purpureus, Pionus (psittacus) sp. ; P. sulfureus, P. vinaceus. Oral aperture

encircled by three, more or less equal lips. The dorsal lip is somewhat

broader than the subventral lips. Mouth with three strongly developed

lips of almost equal size. Present species with elongated oesophagus

which gradually widening posteriorly but not forming a bulb ventriculus.

Whereas in the later case oesophagus gradually enlarging posteriorly but

without forming a bulb. Cuticle with prominent transverse striations are

observed in the forms one where as it is not mentioned in later. In preset

species pair of feebly developed extremely narrow lateral alae may

sometime be detected in the cervical region. Whereas it is distinct but

delicate lateral membrane in the later. Spicules subequal, expanded

slightly to the proximal end and narrow to distal end, ending in a blunt

tip in present species, but in later it is starting as handle with marked

transverse striations. The middle with smooth edges, but enlarge to form

a unilateral wing on the face of which are found 10 or 12 small projecting

teeth, distal part of spicule slender and with rounded end in type species.

Length of body of male is 6.14- 6.04 vs 29. The spicule is equal vs 1.8.

The female having vulval opening oval slight at mid-dorsal side of the

body and vulva runs posteriorly. Tail is curved.

The present species A. galli (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923 also

shows differences as well as similarities with the pre-existing some

species described by Freeborn, 1923. The present species differs from the

later where the mouth with three lips of which the dorsally larger that

the two submedian, three denterous ridges on each lip, oesophagus

without bulb, lateral alae slender, throughout the whole length of body,

10 pairs of caudal papillae, of which three pair of pedunculated papillae

near the sucker, two pair of sessile papillae lie beside it and just behind

Page 166: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

139

the cloacal aperture and two pair lie in a group, the spicules are the

subequal and alate, preanal sucker with Chitinous wall.

Thus finally it is confirmed that the given species is the Ascardia

galli (Schrank, 1788) Freeborn, 1923.

Page 167: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

40

Host-

para

sit

e l

ist

of

genus A

scari

dia

Duja

rdin

, 1845 i

nfe

sti

ng B

irds,

Repti

les,

Am

phib

ia a

nd f

ishes

A)

Repre

senta

tives f

rom

mam

mals

:

Sr.

No.

Host

s

Par

asit

es

Loca

lity

A

uth

or

01

Wil

d a

nd z

oo a

nim

als

: ti

ger

, le

op

ards,

elep

han

ts, m

onkey, sp

ott

ed d

eer,

lio

ns,

pea

cock

s, g

eese

and d

uck

s, k

oka-

kuas

and o

ther

anim

als

are

giv

en. S

pott

ed d

eer,

lio

ns

and o

ther

anim

als

are

giv

en.

Asc

ari

dia

gall

i

(Roundw

orm

)

India

Kas

hid

et

al.

, 2003

B)

Repre

senta

tives f

rom

Bir

ds

01

Ard

ea g

arz

etta

A

. aeg

ypti

ca

Eg

yp

t L

inst

ow

, 1902

02

Cap

rim

ulg

us

cam

pes

tris

A

. am

bly

mori

a

Bra

zil

(S.

Am

eric

a)

Dra

sch

e, 1

883

03

Anse

r dom

esti

cus

A.

anse

ris

Indon

esia

(A

sia)

S

chw

artz

, 1925

04

Macr

opyg

ia n

igri

rost

ris

A. aust

rali

s

Ral

um

, A

ust

rali

a

(Bis

mar

ck

Arc

hip

elag

o)

Lin

st,

1898

05

Bonasa

um

bel

lus

A.

bonasa

e

U.S

.A. C

anad

a W

ehr,

1940

06

Lag

op

us

A.

bore

ali

s

Typ

e lo

cali

ty u

nkno

wn

S

par

chn,

1932

07

Lag

op

us

lag

op

us

do

Kam

tsch

atka

Sp

rehn,

1932

08

a)

Per

dix

sp

.

A

. bra

sili

ana

Bra

zil

(S.

Am

eric

a)

Lin

stow

, 1899

Page 168: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

41

b)

Rh

ynch

otu

s sp

.

do

do

do

c)

Noth

ura

macu

losa

do

do

do

09

Gall

us

dom

etic

us

A

. bra

sili

ensi

s (M

agal

,

1892)

Syn.

A. li

nea

te

do

Bayli

s, 1

929

10

Num

ida m

elea

gri

s

A. ca

lcara

ta (

Gen

dre

,

1909)

Syn. of

A. N

um

ida

c

(Lei

per

, 1908

)

Afr

ica

Sp

rehn,

1932

11

Cath

eturu

s la

tham

i A

. ca

thet

uri

na

Johnst

on,

1912

Burn

et r

iver

Jo

hnst

on,

1912

12

Cen

trop

us

sinen

sis

A.

circ

ula

ris

(Lin

st,

1903)

Sia

m

Lin

st,

1903

13

Colu

mba

sp

.

A. co

lum

bae

(Gm

el, 1790)

Syn., H

eter

aki

s m

acu

losa

(Rud., 1

802)

Euro

pe,

Afr

ica,

Aust

rali

a, I

ndia

,

Burm

a, I

ndo

-Chin

a,

Bra

zil,

Arg

enti

na,

Mex

ico, N

. A

mer

ica,

Form

osa

, Ja

pan

Bayli

s an

d D

aub

ney,

1922

A

lso i

n C

roco

pus

i)

Phlo

goen

as

ii)

Dom

icel

la

iii)

P

oly

tele

s

iv)

Leu

cosa

rcia

v)

Phap

s

vi)

P

avo

vii

) P

alom

as

vii

i)

Tal

pac

ola

ix)

Str

epto

pel

ia

do

do

Zed

er,

1803

Page 169: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

42

x)

Sp

ilop

elia

14

Dom

esti

c b

irds

Dom

esti

c H

en (

Gall

us

gall

us

dom

esti

cus

= P

hasi

anus

gall

us)

A. bra

sili

ensi

s (M

agal

hae

s,

1892)

- R

aill

iet

and H

enry

,

1912

15

do

A

. co

lum

bae

(Gm

elin

,

1790)

- G

mel

in,

1790

16

do

A

. co

mp

are

(S

chra

nk,

1790)

-

Tra

vas

sos,

1913

17

do

A

. co

mp

ress

a (

Sch

nei

der

,

1866)

- R

aill

iet

and H

enry

,

1914

18

do

A

. gall

i (S

chra

nk,

1788)

- F

reeb

orn

, 1923

19

do

A

. st

yphlo

cera

- S

toss

ich,

1904

20

Dom

esti

c T

urk

ey (

Mel

eag

ris

gall

op

avo

) A

. dis

sim

ilis

- V

iguer

as,

1931

21

do

A

. gall

i (S

chra

nk,

1788)

- F

reeb

orn

, 1923

22

Guin

ea f

ow

l (N

um

ida m

elea

gri

s) (

= N

um

ida

pti

lorh

ynch

a)

A. ca

lcara

ta (

Gen

dre

,

1909)

- R

aill

iet

and H

enry

,

1914

23

do

A

. co

mp

are

(S

chra

nk,

1790)

- T

ravas

sos,

1913

24

do

A

. gall

i (S

chra

nk,

1788)

- F

reeb

orn

, 1923

25

do

A

. num

idae

(Lei

per

,

1908)

- T

ravas

sos,

1913

Page 170: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

43

26

Pea

cock

(P

avo

cri

statu

s)

A.

colu

mbae

Gm

elin

,

1790

-

do

27

do

A

. gall

i (S

chra

nk,

1788)

- S

chra

nk,

1788

28

Dom

esti

c duck

(A

nas

pla

tyrh

yrch

adom

)

do

-

Fre

eborn

, 1923

29

do

A

. anse

ris

- S

chw

arty

, 1925

30

do

A

. g

all

i -

Sch

rank,

1790

31

Tam

e D

ove

(Colu

mba l

ivia

dom

esti

ca)

A. co

lum

bae

- G

mel

in,

1790

32

do

- L

inst

ow

, 1898

33

Str

uth

io c

am

elus

(=Str

uth

io c

rux)

com

mon

ost

rich

A. st

ruth

ionis

-

Gar

zia,

1938

34

Vin

ag

o d

elala

ndii

A

. co

lum

bae

vinag

eri

- K

ung,

1949

35

Gall

us

dom

esti

cus

A

. co

mp

ress

a (

Sch

nei

der

,

1866)

Syn. of

A.

gal

li

- F

renze

n,

1956

36

Call

ipep

la s

quam

ata

A

. co

rdata

M

exic

o, N

. A

mer

ica

Lis

t, 1

906

37

i) B

ale

ari

ca r

egulo

sum

ii)

B. p

avo

nin

a

iii)

Anti

gone

anti

gone

A.

cris

tata

do

do

Afr

ica

do

do

Lin

st,

1901

38

Cucu

lus

canoru

s A

. cu

culi

na

Russ

ia

Bad

anin

, 1935

39

i) T

etra

o i

i) T

etra

sies

iii

) L

yru

rus

iv)

Bonas

a v

) L

agop

us

vi)

Mel

eagri

s

A. cy

lindri

ca (

Blo

me,

1909)

Euro

pe,

US

A S

iber

ia

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

,

1914

40

i)

Mel

eag

ris

gall

ap

avo

ii)

Bri

tish

turk

eys

A. dis

sim

ilis

C

ub

a (W

est

Indie

s)

Per

ez a

nd V

iguer

as,

1931;

and L

on

g

Har

tan S

mit

h (

1957)

41

Cir

cus

spil

oth

ora

x

A. cl

oli

choce

rca

N

. G

uin

ea (

Pac

ific

oce

an)

Sto

ss,

1902

Page 171: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

44

42

Vin

ag

o d

elala

ndi

A.

fasc

iata

Afr

ica

Bayli

s, 1

920

43

Fra

nco

linus

bic

alc

ara

tus

A

. fr

anco

lina

Togo,

Afr

ica

Lin

st,

1899

44

i)

Gal

lus

dom

esti

cus

ii)

Guin

ea f

ow

l

A. g

all

i (S

chra

nk, 1788)

Syn.

Fusa

ria i

nfl

exa

F. re

flex

a

F. st

rum

osa

Het

eraki

s g

ranulo

se

H. bra

sili

ensi

s

Euro

pe

and J

apan

Fre

eborn

, 1923

Zed

er,

1800;

Bayli

s,

1932;

Zed

er,

1800 e

.p;

Zed

er,

1800,

e.p

;

Lop

ez N

eyra

, 1946.

Lin

st,

1906a,

b-

Bayli

s, 1

932.

Mag

al,

1892;

Pin

to

and L

ins

Alm

eid

a,

1935.

A

lso i

n

i) T

urk

ey i

i) D

uck

iii

) C

acca

bis

iv)

Coli

nus

v)

Mel

eagri

s vi)

Bonsa

vii

) P

edio

cete

s vii

i)

Num

ida

ix)

Phas

ianus

x)

Lyru

rus

xi)

Per

dix

xii

) te

trao

xii

i) C

airi

na

xiv

) It

hag

enes

xv)

Mel

op

teli

a x

vi)

Sp

ilop

elia

-

cosm

op

oli

tan

-

45

Gal

lus

of

Java

A.

gall

i ja

vanen

sis

Java,

Indones

ia

Fre

nze

n,

1955

46

Turt

ur

ori

enta

lis

A.

gee

i

Chin

a, A

sia

Chu, 1931

47

i)

Chic

ken

ii)

Pig

eon

iii)

T

urk

ey

iv)

Pat

ridge

A. li

nea

te (

Sch

nei

der

,

1866)

Syn. of

A. ha

mia

Euro

pe,

Bra

zil,

Cub

a,

Puer

to R

ico, N

.

Am

eric

a, I

ndia

,

Lan

e, 1

914

Page 172: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

45

v)

Duck

vi)

G

oose

Mal

aya,

Phil

ipp

ines

,

Form

osa

, C

hin

a,

Turk

esta

n,

Afr

ica

A

lso i

n

i)

Cac

cab

is

ii)

Agri

och

aris

iii)

A

nse

r

iv)

Anas

v)

Bonas

a

vi)

N

um

ida

vii

) F

ran

coli

nus

vii

i)

Tym

pan

uch

us

ix)

Ped

ioec

etes

x)

Phas

ianus

do

do

do

48

Geo

pel

ia s

p.

A

. lo

ng

ecir

rata

(L

inst

ow

,

1879)

Not

giv

en

Lin

stow

, 1879

49

Vin

ago a

ust

rali

s sa

lvad

ori

i do

B

elgia

n,

Con

go

(Afr

ica)

do

50

Colu

mba d

om

esti

ca

A.

macu

losa

(R

ud.,

1802)

Gutt

uro

sa,

Ger

man

y

do

A

lso i

n

i)

Sti

ctoen

as

ii)

Vin

ago

iii)

T

urt

u

do

Euro

pe

,Turk

esta

n

do

51

i)

Geo

trygon M

onta

na

ii)

Cham

aep

elia

talp

aco

ti

A. m

ag

alh

aes

i do

Bra

zil

S.

Am

eric

a

do

Tra

vas

sos,

1913

Tra

vas

sos,

1913a,

b

5 2

Tet

rao t

etri

x A

. m

ag

nip

ap

illa

G

erm

any,

Russ

ia,

Sib

eria

Lin

stow

, 1906

Page 173: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

46

53

Am

azo

na a

mazo

nic

a

A.

orn

ate

Am

azona,

S.

Am

eric

a

Kre

is,

19

55

54

Rhea

am

eric

ana

A

. ort

hoce

rca (

Sto

ss,1

902)

Cag

liar

i,(S

ardin

ia,

Itla

y)

Sto

ss,

1902

55

Cacc

abis

saxa

tili

s sh

uke

r A

. p

etre

nsa

T

urk

esta

n,

W.

Asi

a C

anav

an,

1929

56

Rhyn

cnoulu

s ru

fesc

ens

A. p

into

i B

razi

l (S

. A

mer

ica)

T

ravas

sos,

1933

57

Psi

ttacu

s sp

p.

A. pse

udoher

map

hro

dit

a

Pro

. A

. her

map

hro

dit

a o

f

Skrj

abin

, 1916

Russ

ia

Tra

vas

sos,

1931

58

Dic

holo

phus

cris

tatu

s A

. p

tero

phora

Bra

zil,

S.

Am

eric

a C

rep

, 1854

59

Colu

mbia

liv

ia

A.

razi

a

India

A

kth

ar,

1937

60

Sca

rdaje

lla i

nca

A

. sa

rdafe

lla

nom

. na.

pro

A. her

map

hro

dit

a o

f

Cab

alle

ro e

t P

erre

gin

a,

1938

Mex

ico N

. A

mer

ica

Mosg

ovo

y,

1968

61

Pro

tog

eris

tui

psi

ttacu

la p

ass

erin

e cu

mana

jacu

ti

A. se

rgio

mei

rai

Bra

zil

S.

Am

eric

a P

erei

ra,

1933

62

Pen

elop

e hum

erali

s an

d C

um

ana j

acu

ting

a

A.

serr

ata

do

Sch

nei

der

, 1866

63

Chic

ken

A

. si

nen

sis

syn. of

A. g

all

i

Sch

rank, 1788

- K

un

g,

1949.

Chungkin

g

Wu e

t K

ung,

1944

Cher

tkova

64

Tet

raog

all

us

him

ala

ensi

s

A.

skrj

abin

i

Russ

ia

Fed

iush

in,

1916

65

Tin

am

us

sp.

A.

stre

lnik

ow

i

Par

aguay,

S.

Am

eric

a

Skrj

abin

, 1916

66

Gru

s p

ara

dis

ea

G. anti

gone

A. st

rom

a

do

Ber

lin M

us,

Ger

man

y

India

, S

. A

fric

a

Lin

st,

1899

Page 174: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

47

G. co

mm

unis

do

do

67

Str

uth

io c

am

elus

A.

stru

thio

nis

Itla

y,

Eu

rop

e G

arzi

a, 1

938

68

Gall

us

gall

us,

Anas

pla

tyrh

ynch

A

. st

yphlo

cerc

a

Afr

ica

Sto

ss,

1904

69

Cock

o s

p.

A.

subacq

uali

s

Phil

ipp

ines

W

ehr,

1930

70

Cen

trop

us

sinen

sis

A.

tril

abiu

m

Cey

lon,

Can

tan,

Chin

a

Lin

st,

1904

71

Fow

ls J

odhp

ur

A. g

all

i Ja

ipur,

Ajm

er,

Bik

aner

,

Udai

pur,

Raj

asth

an,

India

Mat

hur,

2000

72

Cap

tive

wil

d b

irds

Asc

ard

ia s

p.

Per

nam

buco

sts

te,

Bra

zil

S.

Am

eric

a

Fre

itas

et

al.

, 2002

73

Pea

cock

s, g

eese

and d

uck

s, K

aka-

Ku

as

Asc

ari

ia g

all

i

India

K

ashid

et

al.

, 2003

74

Mel

opsi

ttacu

s undula

tus

A. p

laty

ceri

A

ust

rali

a K

ajer

ova

et a

l.,

2004a,

b

75

Guin

ea f

ow

ls

A.

num

idae

Ben

in,

Wes

t A

fric

a S

alif

ou e

t al.

, 2003

76

In v

illa

ge

and f

arm

bir

ds

A. g

all

i (r

oundw

orm

) P

alam

val

ley o

f

Him

achal

Pra

des

h.

Chad

dha

et a

l.,

2004

77

Gall

us

gall

us

dom

esti

cus

do

Bee

d (

M.S

.),

India

S

hin

de

et a

l.,

2004

78

Hen

s (G

all

us

gall

us

dom

esti

cus)

do

- K

ilp

inen

, 2005

79

Sca

ven

gin

g c

hic

ken

s do

Ban

gla

des

h

Isla

m,2

004

80

Indig

eno

us

poult

ry

do

Ken

ya,

E.

Afr

ica

Irun

gu,

2004

Page 175: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

48

81

chic

ken

s

do

C

entr

al E

thio

pia

,

nam

ely J

eldu

(Hig

hla

nd z

one)

,Seb

eta

(mid

-alt

itude

zone)

and

Aw

ash

-Mel

ka-

Konti

re

(low

land z

one

Ash

enaf

i, 2

004

82

Mar

abou s

tork

s (L

epto

pti

los

crum

enif

erus)

do

K

amp

ala,

Ugan

da,

E.

Afr

ica

Bw

angam

o e

t al.

,

2003

83

Poult

ry

do

Ken

ya,

E.

Afr

ica

Irun

gu e

t al.

, 2004

84

Par

rots

(P

sitt

aci

form

es)

do

-

Kaj

erova

et a

l.,

2004a,

b

85

do

A

scari

dia

her

map

hro

dit

a,

A. se

rgio

mei

rai,

A. orn

ata

,

A. nic

obare

nsi

s and A

.

pla

tyce

ri, A

. g

all

i, A

.

colu

mbae

-

do

86

Colu

mb

iform

bir

ds

A

. co

lum

bae

- do

87

Zen

aid

a m

acr

oura

(M

ou

rnin

g d

ov

es)

do

A

rizo

na,

Pen

nsy

lvan

ia.

South

Car

oli

na

and

Ten

nes

see,

US

A

Lee

et

al.

, 2004

88

Dom

esti

c doves

(C

olu

mb

a l

ivia

) do

C

hil

lan c

ity,

Chil

e,

South

Am

eric

a

Gonza

lez

et a

l.,

2004

89

Fre

e li

vin

g p

igeo

ns

(Colu

mbia

liv

ia

dom

esti

cus)

do

C

ity o

f L

jub

ljan

a,

Slo

ven

ia,

S.

Euro

pe

Dove

et a

l.,

2004

90

Eura

sian

coll

ared

-dov

es (

Str

epto

pel

ia

dec

aoct

o)

do

F

lori

da,

US

A

Bea

n e

t al.

, 2005

91

Com

mon t

urk

ey

A. dis

sim

ilis

(C

om

mon

turk

ey r

oundw

orm

)

- A

ziz

and N

ort

on,

2004

Page 176: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

49

92

Ara

chlo

rop

tera

(B

irds,

Psi

ttac

iform

es)

Asc

ari

dia

her

map

hro

dit

a

(Fro

elic

h, 1789)

Arg

enti

na,

South

Am

eric

a

Mar

tinez

et

al.

, 2003

93

Nat

ive

chic

ken

A

scari

dia

sp

. K

longlo

ey,

Pra

kan

on

g

and B

engkok,

Thia

land

Nit

hiu

thai

et

al.

,

2003

94

Pavo

cri

statu

s (F

ree

ran

gin

g I

ndia

n

pea

fow

l)

do

T

irunel

vel

i an

d

Kan

yak

um

ari

in T

N,

India

Sub

ram

ania

n e

t al

.,

2003

95

Wil

d b

ird

do

C

roat

ia,

S.

Euro

pe

Vla

hovic

et

al.

, 2004

96

Fre

e ra

ngin

g c

hic

ken

s do

Q

wa-

Qw

a dis

t. O

f

Nort

h a

ster

n F

ree

stat

e

Pro

vin

ce o

f S

outh

Afr

ica

Thek

isoe

et a

l.,

2003

97

Avia

n s

pec

ies

do

do

Sat

o e

t al.

, 2005

98

do

A

scari

dia

gall

inaru

m

Kin

ki

dis

t. i

n j

apan

, E

.

Asi

a

do

99

Rock

pat

ridge

(A. g

raec

a)

Asc

ari

dia

com

par

Sp

ain,

S.W

. E

uro

pe

Mil

lion e

t al.

, 2004

100

R

ed l

egged

pat

rid

ge

do

do

do

Page 177: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

50

C)

Repre

senta

tives f

rom

Repti

lia (H

uxle

y, 1876)

Sr

no.

Host

Par

asit

e

Loca

lity

A

uth

or

01

Cham

ael

eon e

tien

li

A. num

idae

(Lei

per

, 190

8)

- T

ravas

sos,

1913

02

Iguam

a s

p.

A. ja

palu

rae

- Y

amag

uti

, 1985

03

Mabuya

per

rote

ri

A. ca

lcara

ta (

Gen

dre

,

1909)

- R

aill

iet

and H

enry

,

1914

04

do

A. num

idae

(Lei

per

, 190

8)

- T

ravas

sos,

1913

05

Wil

d a

nim

als

do

M

ahar

ajb

ag Z

oo

Nag

pur

(M.S

.),

India

Dhoot

et a

l.,

2002

D)

Repre

senta

tives f

rom

Am

phib

ia (Lin

naeus,

1758)

R

ana t

igri

na

Dau

din

, 1803 (

India

n B

ull

fro

g)

A. g

all

i (S

chra

nk, 1788)

Fre

eborn

, 1923

Bel

ur,

W.B

.India

Mukul

Duta

, 2007

Repre

senta

tives f

rom

Pis

ces

M

ast

ace

mbalu

s arm

atu

s A

. ganapati

L

uck

no

w,

India

S

ood,

1967

Page 178: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 179: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 180: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 181: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

151

09) Raillietnema simples (Travassos, 1923)

Classification:

Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Ascaridida (Muller, 1880) Chabaud, 1965

Family : Cosmocercidae

Genus : Raillietnema Travassos, 1927.

Species : R. simples Travassos, 1923.

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus Schneider, 1799.

Location : Rectum.

Locality : Waluj, Chikalthana, Shendra & Ranjangaon.

Deposition : Helminth Research lab, Department of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.) India.

Generic diagnosis:

Tiny, cylindrical whitish nematodes with finely longitudinally

striated cuticle. Sexual dimorphism evident, males shorter and thinner

than females, maximum width for both sexes at midbody. Mouth with

three small lips armed with chitinous structure. Oesophagus with

posterior bulb. Esophagus composed of anterior cylindrical corpus,

middle isthmus and posterior bulb. Nerve ring at mid-length of

oesophagus, excretory pore at level of bulb. Tail of both sexes conical,

pointed. Parasites of amphibians.

Male:

Tail short. Spicules subequal; gubernaculum small, poorly

chitinized. 2 pairs of preanal and 8 pairs of postanal papillae, one of the

later immediately behind anus.

Page 182: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

152

Female:

Tail longer than that of male. Vulva in midregion of the body or

somewhat posterior to it. Amphidelphys. Eggs containing morulated ova.

Measurements and Description:

Male:

Body measures 1.75-2.60 long and 0.12-0.20 wide. Oesophagus

measures 0.35-0.5 in length; length of pharynx 0.03-0.04x 0.02, corpus

0.35-0.45x 0.03-0.04, isthmus 0.027-0.036x 0.024-0.027; bulb 0.07-

0.09 long and 0.078-0.093 wide. Nerve ring and excretory pore 0.24-0.28

and 0.39-0.47 respectively, from the anterior extremity. Spicules short,

measures 0.06-0.14 x0.007-0.012. Gubernaculum well developed,

measures 0.04-0.05x 0.009-0.012 in lateral view. Tail conical, 0.18-0.36

long, ending in sharp point. Caudal alae absent.

Female:

Body measures 2.38-3.45x 0.12-0.22. Length of oesophagus 0.35-

0.57; pharynx measures 0.02-0.04x 0.02-0.03; corpus 0.34-0.52 x 0.04;

isthmus 0.02-0.03x 0.03; bulb 0.06-0.10x0.06. Nerve ring and excretory

pore 0.27-0.32 and 0.46-0.51 respectively from the anterior extremity.

Uterus amphidelphic; ovaries short. Vulva posterior to the middle of the

body and1.20-1.78 form anterior extremity. Vagina directed posteriorly.

Eggs thin-walled, oval; fully mature eggs containing formed larva and

measures 0.20-0.24X 0.07-0.12. Tail conical, 0.13-0.39 long with sharply

pointed tip.

Discussion:

The genus previously called as Cosmocercidea Railliet, 1916,

Cosmocercidae (Railliet, 1916, subfam.) Travassos, 1925, Cosmocercinae

Railliet, 1916, Raillietnema Travassos, 1927.Raillietnema was established

Page 183: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

153

by Travassos (1927) for those species of Cosmocercoid nematodes

possessing simple amphidelphic uteri containing few but relatively large

ova. Oxysomatium simples Travassos, 1925 from Hyla faber Wiede-

Neuwied, 1821 of Brazil was made the type species. Moravec et al.,

(1992) illustrated Raillietnema kritscheri from the intestine of two fish

species of the family Cichlidae, Mexico and is characterized mainly by the

absence of lateral alae, the structure and length of spicules, the number

and distribution of caudal papillae and the absence of caudal alae in the

male. Bursey, et al., (2006) described Raillietnema nanus in Carlia mysi

from Papua New Guinea and R. lynchi from the large intestine of a

Rancho Redondo frog, Rana vibicaria, Costa Rica on the basis of length of

spicule and pattern of caudal papillae. Some morphological features of

specimens of the present material, particularly their amphidelphic uteri

with only a few large-sized eggs and the presence of markedly short

ovaries show clearly that they belong to the genus Raillietnema

Travassos, 1927. On the contrary, members of the closely related genera

Aplectana Railliet & Henry, 1916 and Oxysomatium Railliet & Henry,

1916 are noted for the presence of long ovaries and either prodelphic

(Aplectana) or amphidelphic (Oxysomatium) uteri containing a large

number of relatively small eggs (Skryabin et al., 1961, Chabaud 1978).

According to Baker (1985), the genus Raillietnema comprises a

total of 20 species known to occur mostly in various amphibians and

reptiles in South and North America, Africa, Madagascar, and Malaysia

and only one species, R. synodontisi Vassiliades, 1973 is known from

fishes in Africa. The species R. simples (Travassos, 1925), R. baylisi

(Walton,1933) and R. spectans Gomes, 1964 from Brazil,

Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Raillietnema kritscheri Moravec et al.,

(1992); R. gubernaculatum Freitas & Ibanez, 1965 from Peru and Brazil,

and R. longicaudata (Walton, 1929) from the USA; are parasitic in

Page 184: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

154

amphibians. Since Raillietnema species are mostly parasitic in

amphibians and reptiles, but heavy infections with another Raillietnema

species, R. synodontisi, were recorded in aquarium-reared upside down

catfishes (Synodontis eupterus) in Europe (Moravec & Rehulka 1987),

which confirms that fishes are true definitive hosts of this African

parasite with apparently a direct life cycle permitting its reproduction

and transmission in the conditions of aquarium tanks. The fish host

might have taken this with food.

The nematode parasite under discussion is belonging to genus

Raillietnema Travassos, 1927. It has some similarities with the species of

Raillietnema such as presence of gubernaculum, position of vulva, eggs

with morulated ova and differs in having characters as spicule length,

number and arrangement of preanal and postanal papillae also with

some morphological measurements.

Thus comparison of present specimen with earlier workers shows

that the Raillietnema Travassos, 1927 is a valid genus. The present forms

are similar to Raillietnema simples Travassos, 1927 in general body

measurements and morphology. It is the first report of the genus

Raillietnema from the study area and also has been recovered from new

hosts, Duttaphrynus melanostictus and Hoplobatrachus tigerinus

Aurangabad (M.S.) India.

Page 185: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

55

Host-

para

sit

e l

ist

of

the g

enus R

ail

lietn

em

a T

ravassos,

1927

.

Sr.

N

o.

Host

Para

sit

e

Locality

A

uth

or

Cla

ss:

Nem

ato

da R

udolp

hi 1808

em

en

d.

Die

sin

g,

1861

Ord

er:

Ascari

did

a

(Mu

ller,

1880)

Ch

abau

d, 1965

Fam

ily: C

osm

ocerc

idae

Gen

us :R

aillietn

em

a

Tra

vassos,

1927.

1

R

. b

aylisi

-

Walt

on

, 1933

2

Lep

idop

hy

ma

tu

xtl

ae

( R

ep

tile

s)

R.

bra

ch

ysp

icu

latu

m

V

era

cru

z,

Los

Tu

xtl

as

Bu

rsey e

t a

l., 1998

3

Ca

mele

o m

elleri

R

. ch

am

aele

o

- Fit

zsim

mon

s,

1961

4

- R

. gu

bern

acu

latu

m

- Fre

itas &

Iban

ez,

1965

5

- R

. k

art

an

um

-

Joh

nsto

n &

Maw

son

, 1941

6

Kin

ixys b

ellia

na

R

. k

inix

ys

- Fit

zsim

mon

s,

1964

7

Cic

hla

som

a p

ea

rsei (P

isces)

R.

kri

tsch

eri

- M

ora

vec e

t a

l., 1993

Page 186: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

56

8

- R

. lo

ngic

au

da

ta S

yn

. A

ple

cta

na

lo

ngic

au

da

ta

- W

alt

on

, 1929

9

Bd

ellop

his

vit

tatu

s

R.

loveri

dgei

- S

an

dgro

un

d,

1928

10

Ran

a v

ibic

ari

a

R.

lyn

ch

i C

osta

Ric

a

Bu

rsey &

Gold

berg

, 2006

11

- R

. m

inor

- Fre

itas &

Dobbin

, 1961

12

Scole

com

orp

hu

s

ulu

gu

ruen

sis

R

. m

ult

ipa

pilla

tum

- W

alt

on

, 1940

13

Carl

ia m

ysi (R

epti

lia)

R.

nan

us

Papu

a N

ew

G

uin

ea

Bu

rsey,

Gold

berg

&

Kra

us,

2006

14

- R

. rh

acop

hori

-

Yu

en

, 1965

15

- R

. sim

ple

s

- Tra

vassos,

1925

16

- R

. sp

ecta

ns

- G

om

es,

1964

17

- R

. syn

od

on

tisi

- V

assilia

des,

1973

18

Testu

do h

ors

field

i (R

epti

les)

R.

uzbek

ista

nic

a

-

Ikra

mov &

Azim

ov,

2003

Page 187: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 188: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 189: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 190: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 191: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

157

10) Thelandros alatus (Wedl,1861)

Classification: Class : Nematoda Rudolphi, 1808 emend. Diesing, 1861.

Order : Oxyuroidea Weinland, 1858

Family : Pharyngodonidae

Genus : Thelandros Wedl, 1861.

Species : alatus

Materials Examined: Host : Duttaphrynus melanostictus

Location : intestine.

Locality : Waluj, Shendra and Ranjangaon

Deposition : Helminth Research Lab. Department of Zoology,

Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad (M.S.) India.

Generic diagnosis:

Robust nematodes with prominent annulations beginning just

behind cephalic extremity and continuing to anus. Cuticle with distinct

longitudinal striations approximately 4 apart. Moderate sexual

dimorphism. Triangular oral opening surrounded by 3 bilobed lips.

Buccal cavity short, without chitinous walls. Oesophagus with very

short pharynx and posterior bulb. Lateral alae absent. Caudal filament

terminal, directed posteriorly.

Female:

Tail suddenly constricted behind anus to form a terminal spike.

Vulva posterior to the middle of the body; egg with terminal operculum

in early stages of cleavage; uterine branches parallel. Oviparous; eggs

oval not embryonated when laid.

Page 192: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

158

Measurements and descriptions:

Female:

Body 2.44-3.60 long and 0.45-0.56 wide at the vulva; oesophagus

including bulb 0.56-0.67 long; oesophageal bulb 0.12-0.16 in diameter;

tail constricted behind anus and form terminal spike, 0.29-0.39 long.

Eggs oval 0.045-0.058x 0.097-0.12 with terminal operculum.

Male: Not found.

Discussion:

The genus Thelandros was established by Wedl (1861) for T.

alatus, a nematode from the intestine of an Egyptian mastigure,

Uromastix spinipes (currently Uromastyx aegyptia), collected in Egypt.

The validity of Parapharyngodon Chatterji, 1933 has been in question

almost since its proposal by Chatterji (1933). However, Baylis (1936)

considered this genus to be a synonym of Thelandros Wedl, 1861 as did

Karve (1938), García-Calvente (1948) and Skryabin et al., (1951).

Others, Freitas (1957), Sharpilo (1976), Adamson (1981), Baker (1987),

Castaño-Fernandez et al., (1987), and Hering-Hagenbeck et al., (2002)

consider Parapharyngodon distinct from Thelandros for the following

reasons: Males of Thelandros have a genital cone, pendulant papillae

outside the genital cone, lateral alae are absent, and the tail is terminal

and directed posteriorly; males of Parapharyngodon lack a genital cone,

mammiliform papillae surround a more-or-less terminal anus, lateral

alae are present, and the tail is subterminal and directed dorsally.

Walton (1941) described the female of an unnamed Thelandros

from the California legless lizards, Anniella pulchra and A. nigra. Lucker

(1951) has recently described, in abstract, three species of Thelandros

Page 193: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

159

from the night lizard, Xantusia riversiana reticulata Smith, taken on San

Clemente Island, California.

Another species T. cinctus (Linstow, 1897) collected from Stellio

vulgaris, Agama caucasica, Europe. After this many species reported

from all over the world these are as, Linstow (1899) reported two species

as T. annulatus Linst, 1899 syn. Oxyuris annulata Linstow, 1899 in

Chalcides spp. Agama agama; and T. bulbosus (Linstow, 1899) Syn. of

annulatus Freitas (1957) in Scinus ocellatus, Egypt Morocco; T.

megaloon (Linstow, 1906) Syn. Oxyuris L. Skrj., Shikhob and Mosgovoi

(1951) in Hemidactylus leschenaultii Dumril & Bibron 1836; T.

echinatus (Rud.,1819) syn. Oxyuris dujardini Raillet Henry,1916,

Seurat,1917 I Gecko, Agama, Chalcides, Pachydactylus Tarentola;

Algeciras, Banyulus sur Mer, Morocco.T. micruris Rauther,1918 in

Uromastix hardwickii; T. numidicus Seurat,1918 in tortoises; T. micipsae

Seurat,1917 Syn. Oxyuris acanthura Linst., 1904 Seurat (1917), Walton

(1942), in Chalcides micipsae, Acanthodactylus, Calotes, Cerastes,

Coluber, Lacerta, Scincus, Tarentola, Zamenis, etc; Egypt; T. scleratus

Travassos, 1923 in Tropidurus torquatus, Tapidurus, Scutipunctatus;

Brazil; T. sahariensis Baylis 1930 in Uromastix acanthinurus; Sahara; T.

sexlabiatus Ortlepp, 1933 in Testudo verreauxi; S. Africa.

Chatterji (1933) described Parapharyngodon maplestoni from the

intestine of an Oriental garden lizard, Calotes versicolor, collected in

Burma and also in 1935 T. baylisi, T. taylori from Uromastix hardwicki,

India; in the same year T. hemidactylus Patwardhan, 1935 Syn. of

maplestoni (Chatterji, 1933) Karve (1938), Walton (1942) in

Hemidactylus flavoviridis India; T. kasauli Chatterji, 1935 in Uromastix

hardwicki; India; T. almoriensis Karve, 1949 in Agama tuberculata,

India.

Page 194: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

TAXONOMY

160

T. seutati Sandground, 1936 in Acontias percivali, E. Africa; T.

rotundus Malan, 1939 in Agama atra, Pseudocordylus microlepidotus; S.

Africa; T. kartana Johnston et Mawson, 1941 in Hemiergis peroni

Australia; T. trachysauri Johnson et Mawson, 1947 in Trachysaurus

rugosus, Adelaide.; T. xantusi Lucker, 1951 in Xantusia riversiana

reticulate, California; T. pseudoechinatus Lucker, 1951 in Xantusia

riversiana, California; T. californiensis Read et Amrein, 1952 in Xantusia

vigilis and X. henshawi, California; T. bicaudatus Read et Amrein, 1952

in Xantusia riversiana riversiana, California.; T. alvarengai Freitas, 1957

in Mabuya maculate, Brazil; T. cameroni Belle, 1957 in Chalcides

sepoides and Scincus sp, Egypt. T. kuntzi Belle, 1957 in Agama sp.;

Egypt; T. senisfaciecaudus Freitas, 1957 in Liolaemus lenzi; Bolvia.

The present species having the prominent annulations on the

body from cephalic extremity to anus, mouth triangular surrounded by

three bilobed lips and oesophagus with short pharynx and posterior

bulb. Thus by observing these characters the Thelandros Wedl (1861)

genus is confirmed.

The morphological characters and body measurements of present

worm when compared with all other species of Thelandros Wedl (1861)

it shows close resemblance with the Thelandros alatus Wedl (1861) than

with the others. This forms the first report of occurrence of this species

from an amphibian host from the study areas of Aurangabad

(Maharashtra), India.

Page 195: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

61

Table

No.

Host

- para

sit

e l

ist

of

Th

ela

ndros s

p.

Sr.

N

o.

Host

Para

sit

e

Locality

A

uth

or

Cla

ss :

N

em

ato

da

Ru

dolp

hi,

1808 e

men

d.

Die

sin

g,

1861.

Ord

er:

O

xyu

roid

ea

Wein

lan

d,

1858

Fam

ily:

Ph

ary

ngodon

idae

Gen

us

: T

hela

nd

ros

Wedl,

1861.

1

Uro

ma

str

ix s

pin

ipes

T.

ala

tus

N.

Afr

ica

Wedl, 1

861

2

Ch

alc

ides s

p.,

Aga

ma

aga

ma

T.

an

nu

latu

s

N.

Afr

ica

Lin

sto

w,

1899b

3

Scin

cu

s o

cella

tus

T.

bu

lbosu

s

N.

Afr

ica

Lin

sto

w

1899b

4

Ch

alc

ides s

ep

oid

es,

Scin

cu

s s

p

T.

ca

mero

ni

N.

Afr

ica

Belle,

1957a

Page 196: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

T

AX

ON

OM

Y

1

62

5

Gecko,

Aga

ma

,

Ch

alc

ides,

Pach

yd

acty

lus,

Tare

nto

la

T.

ech

ina

tus

N.

Afr

ica

(Seu

rat,

1920)

York

e a

nd

Maple

sto

ne,

1926a

6

Aga

ma

sp

T.

ku

ntz

i

N.

Afr

ica

Belle,

1957a

7

Ch

alc

ides m

icip

sa

e

T.m

icip

sa

e

N.

Afr

ica

(Seu

rat,

1917)

Baylis,

1923

8

Aga

ma

atr

a a

nd

Pseu

docord

ylu

s

mic

role

pid

otu

s

T.

rou

tun

du

s

S.

Afr

ica

Mala

n,

1939a

9

Acon

tia

s p

erc

iva

li

T.

seu

rati

E.

Afr

ica

San

dgro

un

d,

1936i

Page 197: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 198: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 199: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a
Page 200: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

163

Lis

t of

nem

ato

des

of

Bu

fo s

pp

. R

eport

ed f

rom

In

dia

Par

asit

es

Host

s L

oca

tion

Loca

lity

A

uth

ors

Ord

er:

Asc

arid

ida

Mull

er, 1880.

Fam

ily:

Het

erak

idae

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1912

1. G

enus:

Met

eter

aki

s

Kar

ve,

1930

Ord

er:

Anu

ra

Raf

ines

que,

1815.

Fam

ily:

Bufo

nid

ae G

ray,

1825

Gen

us:

Bufo

Lau

renti

, 1768

Met

eter

aki

s g

ovi

ndi

(Kar

ve,

1930)

Bufo

him

ala

yanus

Gunth

er, 1864

(Him

alayan

toad

)

K

arsi

yan

g (

dar

jeee

lin

g)

Soota

and D

ey S

ark

ar,

1980

do

B

ufo

mel

anost

ictu

s

Sch

nei

der

, 1799

(Asi

an c

om

mon

toad

, B

lack

stri

ped

toad

,

Com

mon I

ndia

n

toad

or

Com

mon

Ben

gal

toad

)

B

irat

i (N

ort

h 2

4 P

argan

as)

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1971

do

do

In

test

ine

and

rect

um

L

iluah

and B

elur,

How

rah

Dis

tric

t, H

abra

and S

onar

pur

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

dis

t. r

esp

ecti

vel

y

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

do

do

Wes

t B

engal

D

ey S

arkar

, 2000

do

do

do

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

Wes

t B

engal

Dey S

Ark

ar,

1998

do

do

In

test

ine

Man

u, N

ort

h d

istr

ict

of

Dey S

arkar

, 2000

Page 201: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

164

Tri

pura

Met

eter

aki

s basa

nae

n.

sp.

do

do

Lil

uah

in H

ow

rah d

istr

ict

in

W.B

. In

dia

Do

Met

eter

aki

s ka

rvei

do

re

ctum

N

agp

ur

(M.H

.)

Nai

du a

nd T

hak

are,

1981

M. andam

anen

sis

B

ufo

sp

.

do

Mid

dle

Andam

an a

nd

Nic

ob

ar I

slan

ds,

India

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1972b.

M. aura

ng

abaden

sis

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s

Aura

ngab

ad (

M.H

.)

Des

hm

ukh a

nd

Chau

dhar

i, 1

980

M. tr

ipura

e do

in

test

ine

Man

u, N

ort

h d

ist.

Tri

pura

D

ey S

arkar

, 2000.

Fam

ily:

Het

erak

idae

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1912

2)

Gen

us:

Afr

ican

a

Tra

vas

sos,

1920

Afr

icana b

ufo

nis

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s R

ectu

m

Cal

cutt

a, W

.B.

B

isw

as a

nd C

hak

rav

arty

,

1963

A. bufo

nis

Bis

was

and

Chak

ravar

ty, 1963

do

in

test

ine

Kal

yan

i M

ajum

dar

, 1965

Fam

ily:

Cosm

oce

rcid

ae

(Rai

llie

t, 1

916 s

ub

fam

)

Tra

vas

sos,

1925

3)

Gen

us:

Oxy

som

ati

um

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1916

Oxy

som

ati

um

anura

e do

do

do

Bis

was

and C

hak

rav

arty

,

1963

O. m

anip

ure

nsi

s do

R

ectu

m

Man

ipur

Gam

bhir

and T

arnit

a,

2005

O. st

om

ati

ci

B. st

om

ati

cus

lutk

en, 1862

(mar

ble

d t

oad

)

rect

um

C

alcu

tta

Bis

was

and C

hak

rav

arty

,

1963

Page 202: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

165

O. m

aci

nto

shii

(S

tew

art,

1914)

Kar

ve,

1927

Bufo

mel

anost

ictu

s

Inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Wes

t B

engal

D

ey S

arkar

, 1998 a

nd

1999

do

do

do

Par

tia,

South

dis

t. P

achar

tal

and M

anu, N

ort

h d

ist.

Tri

pura

Dey S

arkar

, 2000

do

do

do

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah

dis

t., H

abra

and S

onar

pu

r

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

dis

t. R

esp

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

B

. vi

ridis

(G

reen

toad

) L

aure

nti

,

1768

inte

stin

e A

rki

in S

ola

n d

ist.

S

oota

and D

ey S

ark

ar,

1981b.

do

do

do

Kunih

ar i

n H

imac

hal

Pra

des

h

do

O. sr

inag

are

nsi

s do

re

ctum

S

rinag

ar, K

ashm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1960

4)

Gen

us:

Cosm

oce

rcoid

es W

ilkie

,

1930

Cosm

oce

rcoid

es d

ukae

(Hal

l, 1

928)

Tra

vas

sos,

1931

B. him

ala

yanus

inte

stin

e K

arsi

yan

g a

nd M

ahib

han

jan;

dar

jeel

ing D

ist.

W.B

.

Dey S

arkar

, 1998

do

do

do

do

Soota

, 1975

C. m

ult

ipap

illa

ta

B. m

elanost

ictu

s R

ectu

m

Jeoli

kote

, N

ainit

al

Utt

aran

chal

Kher

a, 1

959

C. baro

den

sis

do

do

Bar

od

a, G

ujr

at

Rao

, 1979

C. bufo

nis

B

. him

ala

yanus

Cae

cum

M

ukte

sar

(Him

alayan

fo

od

hil

ls)

India

Kar

ve,

1944

5)

Gen

us:

Cosm

oce

rca

Die

sing, 1861

Cosm

oce

rca s

pin

oce

rca

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s R

ectu

m

Ban

glo

re K

arnat

ka

Rao

, 1979

Page 203: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

166

C. ka

shm

iren

sis

B

. vi

ridis

do

Sri

nag

ar, K

ashm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1959

C. banyu

lensi

s do

-

do

do

C. p

rop

inqua

do

-

do

do

C. cr

ensh

ow

i B

. la

tast

ii

Boule

nger

, 1882

- K

ashm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1973

C. ka

shm

iren

sis

Lar

vae

B

. vi

ridis

-

do

Fote

dar

and T

ikoo,

1968

C. li

mnodyn

ast

es

B. m

elanost

ictu

s In

test

ine

India

G

rew

al e

t al

., 1

983

6)

Gen

us:

Ap

lect

ana

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1916

Ap

lect

ana r

ail

liet

synon

ym

of

Oxy

som

ati

um

rail

liet

do

-

Sri

nag

ar, K

ashm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1960

A. m

aci

nto

shii

Tra

nsf

erre

d a

s

Neo

xyso

mati

um

maci

nto

shii

toad

-

Chan

dig

arh,

Punja

b

Gup

ta a

nd D

uggal

, 1987

7)

Gen

us:

Para

cosm

oce

rca

Kun

g

and W

u, 1945

Para

cosm

oce

rca

spin

oce

rca

B. m

elanost

ictu

s -

Ban

glo

re,

kar

nat

ka

Rao

, 1979

Fam

ily:

Atr

acti

dae

(

Rai

llie

t, 1

917;

Sub

fam

ily)

Tra

vas

sos,

1919

8)

Gen

us:

Monhys

teri

des

Bayli

s an

d D

aub

ney,

1922

Monhys

teri

des

sp

. do

C

oel

om

, hea

rt, li

ver

,

exte

rnal

wal

l of

stom

ach

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah

dis

t, H

abra

and S

onar

pur,

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Page 204: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

167

bel

ow

the

horn

ey l

ayer

of

stom

ach, sm

all

inte

stin

e,

fat

bodie

s, l

un

gs

larg

e

inte

stin

e, m

esen

trie

s an

d

kid

ney

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

dis

t. r

esp

ecti

vel

y

9)

Gen

us

:

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a

Tra

vas

sos,

1917

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a f

ilif

orm

is

Bufo

sp

. L

iver

, st

om

ach, in

test

ine

and r

ectu

m

Wes

t B

engal

S

oota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1972a.

do

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s S

tom

ach, in

test

ine

and

rect

um

Nort

h 2

4 P

argan

as a

nd

Ch

itra

kunda,

Korr

aput,

kolk

ata,

W.B

.

Dey S

arkar

, 1998

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a s

p.

do

in

test

ine

Jeoli

kote

Nai

nit

al u

ttar

anch

al

Kher

a, 1

958

O. ka

shm

iren

sis

B. vi

ridis

do

Nis

hat

, K

ashm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1971

do

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s ?

India

n s

ub

conti

nen

t at

Nan

kouri

, N

icob

ar I

slan

ds

Bayli

s an

d D

aub

ney

(1923)

O. in

dic

a

do

do

Luck

no

w,

U.P

. L

al,

1944

O. g

oez

ei S

krj

abin

and

Sch

ulz

, 1952

do

Sto

mac

h, in

test

ine

and

rect

um

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah

dis

t., H

abra

and S

onar

pu

r,

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

dis

t. R

esp

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Ord

er:

Rhab

dit

ida

Fam

ily:

Str

on

gylo

idae

Chit

wood a

nd M

cinto

sh,

1934

10)

Gen

us:

Str

on

gyl

oid

s

Gra

ssi,

1879

Str

on

gyl

oid

es b

ufo

nis

B

ufo

mla

nost

ictu

s in

test

ine

Hyd

erab

ad,

A.P

. ,

India

R

ao a

nd S

ingh,

1954

11)

Gen

us:

Short

tia

Page 205: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

168

Sin

gh a

nd R

atnam

ala,

1975

Short

tia t

hap

ari

do

-

Ban

glo

re,

Kar

nat

ka

S

ingh a

nd R

atnam

ala,

1977a,

b.

Fam

ily:

Rhab

dia

sid

ae

Rai

llie

t, 1

916

12)

Gen

us:

Rhabdia

s

Sti

les

and H

assa

ll, 1905

R. bufo

nis

B

. vi

ridis

-

Sri

nag

ar, V

erin

ag,

Phal

gam

,Gan

der

bal

Sop

ore

and B

aram

ull

(K

ashm

ir,

India

)

Sti

les

and H

assa

ll,

1905

do

do

-

Kas

hm

ir

Fote

dar

, 1965

do

B

. m

elanost

ictu

s -

Gar

hw

al ;

Him

alay

a

Utt

aran

chal

Chop

ra e

t al

., 1

991 a

nd

1992

do

do

lu

ngs

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah

dis

t. H

abra

and S

onar

pur,

Nort

h a

nd S

outh

24 P

argan

as

dis

t. R

esp.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Rhabdia

s bulb

icauda

do

do

Bel

ur

in H

ow

rah d

ist.

An

d

Hab

ra i

n N

ort

h 2

4 P

argan

as

dis

t. W

.B.

India

do

Ord

er:

Ox

yu

rida

Fam

ily:

Phar

yn

godonid

ae

Tra

vas

sos,

1919

13)

Gen

us:

Phary

ng

odon

Die

sin

g,

1861

P. sc

his

top

ap

illa

tus

B. m

elanost

ictu

s re

ctum

B

erh

amp

ur,

Orr

isa

Rao

, 1980

Page 206: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

169

Fam

ily:

Ox

yu

ridae

Cobb

old

, 1864

14)

Gen

us:

Nars

ing

iell

a

Rao

, 1978

N. nars

ing

i do

in

test

ine

do

Rao

, 1978

Fam

ily:

Tri

chost

ron

gyli

dae

(Lei

per

, 1908 s

ub

fam

)

Lei

per

, 1912

15)

Gen

us:

Sch

ulz

ia

Tra

vas

sos,

1937

S. m

elanost

ictu

si

do

-

Gar

hw

al, H

imal

aya,

Utt

aran

chal

Chop

ra e

t al

., 1

992

Ord

er:

Sp

iruri

da

Fam

ily:

Cam

alla

nid

ae

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1917

16)

Gen

us:

Cam

all

anus

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1915

C. bufo

nis

Bufo

sp

.

- L

uck

no

w,

U.P

.

Agar

wal

, 1

967

Fam

ily:

Cucu

llar

idae

Cobb

old

, 1864

17)

Gen

us

: C

ucu

llanus

Mull

er, 1777

C. bufo

nis

do

in

test

ine

do

do

Fam

ily:

Sp

iruri

dae

Orl

ey, 1885

Sp

irir

idae

of

unce

rtai

n

posi

tion

18)

Gen

us:

Spir

op

tera

Sen

, 1965

B. m

elanost

ictu

s

- P

ithori

a R

anch

i, B

ihar

Sen

, 1965

Page 207: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

170

Spir

op

tera

sp

.

Fam

ily:

Ph

ysa

lop

teri

dae

Rai

llie

t, 1

893 s

ub

fam

Lei

per

, 1908

19)

Gen

us:

Phys

alo

pte

ra

Rudolp

hi,

1819

Phys

alo

pte

ra s

p. la

rvae

B. m

elanost

ictu

s

Ency

sted

in u

rinar

y b

lad

der

wal

l

Luck

no

w,

U.P

.

Ste

war

t, 1

914

Fam

ily:

On

choce

rcid

ae

(Lei

per

, 1911

) C

ahab

aud

and A

nder

son, 1959

20)

Gen

us:

Och

ote

renel

la

Cab

alle

ro, 1944

O.b

eng

ale

nsi

s sp

. n.

B. m

elanost

ictu

s

Bod

y c

avit

y

Hab

ra a

nd S

onar

pur,

Nort

h

and S

outh

24 P

argan

as d

ist.

And B

elur

in H

ow

rah d

ist.

In

W.B

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Ord

er:

Enco

pli

da

Fam

ily:

Tri

churi

dae

(Ran

som

, 1911)

Rai

llie

t,

1915

21)

Gen

us:

Tri

churi

s

Roed

erer

, 176

1

Tri

churi

s g

lobulo

sa (

V.

Lin

stow

, 1901)

Ran

som

,

1911

Uncl

assi

fied

or

unid

enti

fied

do

Sto

mac

h a

nd s

mal

l

inte

stin

e

Bel

ur

dis

t. H

ow

rah a

nd

Hab

ra d

ist.

24 P

argan

as o

f

W. B

. In

dia

do

22)

Gen

us:

Neo

pro

tozo

op

hag

a

bufo

nis

Bis

was

and

Chak

ravar

ty, 1963

do

Rec

tum

W.B

.

Dey S

arkar

, 1998

do

do

do

Bar

asat

, N

ort

h 2

4 P

argan

as

Bis

was

and C

hak

rav

arty

,

Page 208: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

171

W.B

.

1963.

Hate

raki

s bufo

nis

do

do

Bar

asat

(C

alcu

tta)

D

o

Abbre

viata

india

ca

do

do

Gre

at N

icob

ar I

ndia

S

oota

et

al.,

1969

Guin

ea w

orm

,

Ichly

onem

a

cyle

ndra

ceum

do

………

A

ssam

S

har

ma,

1957

Hel

min

th i

nfe

ctio

n

B. vi

ridis

………..

Hyd

erab

ad,

A.P

.

RA

O a

nd K

rish

na,

1983

do

B

ufo

sp

. ……..

Andam

an a

nd N

icob

ar

Isla

nds

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1972b.

Hel

min

th f

auna

do

………

do

Soota

et

al.,

1971

Lis

t of

nem

ato

des

of

Ran

a s

pp

. re

port

ed f

rom

In

dia

Par

asit

e H

ost

L

oca

tion

Loca

lity

A

uth

or

Ord

er :

Asc

arid

ida

Mull

er, 1880

Fam

ily:

Kat

hla

nii

dae

(Lan

e, 1

91

4 s

ubfa

m.)

Tra

vas

sos,

1918

Ord

er:

Anu

ra

Raf

ines

que,

1815

Fam

ily:

Ran

idae

Gra

y,

1825

Gen

us:

Rana

Lin

nae

us,

1768

1)

Gen

us:

Falc

aust

ra

Lan

e, 1

915

Gen

us:

Rana

Lin

nae

us,

1768

F. bre

visp

icula

ta

(Bayli

s, 1

935)

Pet

ter

1979 s

yn (

Spir

onoura

bre

visp

icula

ta,

Bayli

s

1935)

Rana h

exadact

yla

Les

son, 1834 (

pond f

rog

or

gre

en f

rog)

Inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

W.B

.

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1971

do

do

Inte

stin

e

do

Dey S

arkar

, 1998

do

In

iden

tifi

ed f

rog

do

Chen

nai

, T

.N.

Alw

ar a

nd L

alit

ha

1954

F. fa

lcate

V.

Lin

stow

, do

do

Cal

cutt

a, W

.B.

L

ane,

1915

Page 209: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

172

1906

do

do

Inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah d

ist.

, H

abra

and

Sonar

our

Nort

h a

nd

South

24 P

argan

as

Mukul

Dutt

a 2007

do

do

inte

stin

e C

alcu

tta

Chak

ravar

ty,

1944

F. tr

iloka

e (S

ingh, 1958)

(Syn.

Vel

ari

oce

phalu

s

tril

oka

e S

ingh, 1958)

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

Sch

nei

der

, 1799

(Skip

per

fro

g)

rect

um

Kak

inad

a, A

.P.

Chab

aud,

1965

2)

Gen

us:

Vel

ari

oce

phalu

s S

ingh,

1958

V. tr

ilokae

do

...............

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Sin

gh,

1958

3)

Gen

us:

Spir

onoura

Lei

dy, 1856

S. b

revis

pic

ula

ta

R. hex

adact

yla

…………

W

.B.

India

Bayli

s, 1

935a

4)

Gen

us

:

Am

phib

iog

oez

ia R

ao,

1979

A. sp

inoso

ma

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

inte

stin

e

Ban

glo

re,

Kar

nat

aka

Rao

, 1979

Fam

ily:

Het

erak

idae

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1912

5)

Gen

us:

Afr

icana

Tra

vas

sos,

1920

A. va

rani

do

rect

um

Dum

dum

, C

alcu

tta

Bis

was

and C

hak

rav

arti

,

1963

do

do

………….

do

Map

lest

ob

ne,

1931

6)

Gen

us

: Spin

icauda

Tra

vas

sos,

1920

S. padm

ai

sp.n

R. hex

adact

yla

Inte

stin

e

Lil

uah

dis

t.H

ow

rah

W.B

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Page 210: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

173

7)

Gen

us

: M

atet

erak

is

Kar

ve,

1930

M. g

ovi

ndi

Rana s

p.

do

Man

u, N

ort

h d

ist.

Tri

pura

Dey S

arkar

, 2000

do

R. ti

gri

na

Dau

din

1803

(India

n B

ull

fro

g o

r K

ola

Ban

g)

Inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Lil

uah

and B

elur,

How

rah d

ist.

Hab

ra a

nd

Sonar

pur,

Nort

h a

nd

South

24 P

argan

as d

ist.

Res

p.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

R

. hex

adact

yla

do

do

do

M. basa

nae

sp.n

. do

do

do

do

do

R

. ti

gri

na

do

do

do

Fam

ily:

Quim

per

iidae

(Gen

dre

, 1928)

Bayli

s,

1930

8)

Gen

us:

Gen

dra

i

Bayli

s, 1

930

G. ch

auhani

R. cy

anop

hlc

tis

inte

stin

e

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Nam

a , 1

975

G. fo

tedari

do

………….

Hyd

erab

ad,

A.P

. R

ao,

1989c.

G. ra

naru

m

R. ti

gri

na

Sm

all

inte

stin

e T

eleg

aon (

Poona)

India

K

arve,

1944

do

R

ana s

p.

……..

Goa

Soota

, 1971

G. jo

dhp

ure

nsi

s

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

in

test

ine

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Ary

a an

d J

ohnso

n,

1978

9)

Gen

us:

Subula

scari

s

Fre

itas

and D

audin

,

1957

S. fr

eita

si

R. ti

gri

na

do

Am

baj

ogai

, M

H.

India

Choudhar

i an

d

Des

hm

ukh,1

977

S. ra

nae

(Syn.

Chabaudus

Ing

lis

and

Ogd

en, 1965)

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

do

Nai

nit

al,

Utt

aran

chal

Ary

a, 1

980

S. cy

anop

hly

ctis

do

do

Mah

aras

htr

a D

eshm

ukh,

1968

Page 211: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

174

Fam

ily:

Cosm

oce

rcid

ae

(Rai

llie

t, 1

916)

Tra

vas

sos,

1925

10)

Gen

us:

Oxy

som

ati

um

Rai

llie

t

and H

enry

, 1916

O. m

aci

nto

shii

(S

tew

art,

1914)

Unid

enti

fied

fro

g

do

Sukna,

Dar

jeel

ing D

ist.

Soota

and D

ey S

ark

ar,

1981a.

do

R

. ti

gri

na

……..

………..

D

ey S

arkar

, 1999

do

do

rect

um

L

uck

no

w,

U.P

. K

arve,

1927

O. m

aci

nto

shii

(S

tew

art,

1914)

Kar

ve,

1927

do

Inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

Lil

uah

a an

d B

elur,

How

rah d

ist.

Hab

ra a

nd

Sonar

pur,

Nort

h a

nd

South

24 P

argan

as d

ist.

Res

p.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

R

. cy

anop

hly

ctis

do

Tri

pura

D

ey S

arkar

, 2000

O. m

ehdii

do

do

Aura

ngab

ad M

H.

Ilyas

, 1980

11)

Gen

us:

Cosm

oce

rcoid

es W

ilkie

,

1930

C. fo

tedari

do

…………..

Nai

nit

al U

ttar

anch

al

Ary

a, 1

992

C. ku

maoni

do

……….

do

do

C. la

nce

ola

tus

do

Inte

stin

e G

arw

al,

Utt

arac

hal

R

ao,

1979

C. nain

itale

nsi

s do

Rec

tum

N

ainit

al,

Utt

arac

hal

A

rya,

1979

12)

Gen

us:

Cosm

oce

rca

Die

sing, 1861

C. m

acr

og

uber

nacu

lum

do

Lar

ge

inte

stin

e

Bar

od

a, G

ujr

at

Rao

, 1979

C. in

dic

a

do

inte

stin

e Jo

dhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Nam

a an

d k

hic

hi,

1973

C. ra

nae

Rana s

p.

do

Chan

dig

arh,

Punja

b

Gup

ta a

nd D

uggal

, 1980

Page 212: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

175

13)

Gen

us:

Ap

lect

ana

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1916

A. m

aci

nto

shii

R. ti

gri

na

………

Nag

pur,

Mah

aras

htr

a

Nai

du,

1983

do

do

………

P

atna,

Bih

ar

Sah

ay a

nd N

ath,

1996

do

R

. hex

adact

yla

do

do

do

Fam

ily:

Asc

arid

idae

Tra

vas

sos,

1919

15)

Gen

us:

Asc

ari

dia

Duja

rdin

, 1845

A. g

all

i (S

chra

nk, 1788)

Fre

eborn

, 1923

Rana t

igin

a

Sm

all

inte

stin

e

Bel

ur

,Ho

wra

h d

ist.

W.B

. In

dia

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

16)

Gen

us:

Osw

ald

ocr

uzi

a

Tra

vas

sos,

1917

O. fi

lifo

rmis

Rana s

p.

Liv

er, st

om

ach, in

test

ine

and r

ectu

m

W. B

engal

Soota

and C

hat

urv

edi,

1972a.

do

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

inte

stin

e

Shil

long,

Eas

t K

has

i

Hil

ls,

Thad

lask

in,

Um

kia

ng,

Jain

tia

Hil

ls,

Wil

liam

Nag

ar T

asek

,

Eas

t G

aro

Hil

ls D

ist.

Meg

hal

aya

Dey S

rkar

, 2000

do

R. ti

gri

na

Sto

mac

h, in

test

ine

and

rect

um

Lil

uah

and B

Elu

r,

How

rah d

ist.

Hab

ra a

nd

Sonar

pur,

Nort

h a

nd

South

24 P

argan

as d

ist.

Res

p.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

do

R

. hex

adact

yla

S

tom

ach, gal

l b

ladd

er,

inte

stin

e an

d r

ectu

m

do

do

O. fi

lifo

rmis

do

……….

Nort

h 2

4 P

argan

as W

.B.

and C

hit

rakunda

Goez

e, 1

782

Page 213: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

176

Korr

aput

O. fi

lifo

rmis

(G

oez

e,

1782)

Tra

vas

sos,

1917

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

S

tom

ach, in

test

ine

and

rect

um

W.B

. D

ey S

arkar

, 1998

O. in

dic

a

do

ites

tine

Luck

no

w,

U.P

. L

al,1

944

Ord

er:

Sp

iruri

da

Fam

ily:

Cam

alla

nid

ae

Rai

llie

t am

d H

enry

,

1917

17)

Gen

us:

Cam

all

anid

es B

ayli

s an

d

Da u

bney, 1922

C. p

rash

adi

R. ti

gri

na

……….

……………

Bayli

s an

d D

aub

ney,

1922

do

R

. cy

anop

hly

ctis

S

mal

l in

test

ine

Nag

pur,

South

India

K

arve,

1930

do

do

……………

S

outh

India

P

uja

tti,

1952

18)

Gen

us:

Cam

alla

nus

Rai

llie

t an

d H

enry

, 1915

C. ra

nae

do

inte

stin

e

Luck

no

w,

U.P

.

Kher

a, 1

954

C. bayl

isi

do

…………..

Nag

pur

MH

N

aidu,

1983

do

do

…………

do

do

C. cy

nop

hyl

ecti

s

do

……….

Pat

na,

Bih

ar

Sah

ay,

1966

C. ra

nae

R. ti

gri

na

………

S

ola

pur,

MH

. K

ulk

arni

and D

eshm

ukh,

1989

C. jo

dhp

ure

nsi

s R

. cy

anop

hly

ctis

……..

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Ary

a, 1

986

C. in

dic

us

do

………….

do

do

C.m

uji

bia

do

……..

do

Ary

a, 1

988

C. in

gli

s R

. ti

gri

na

inte

stin

e L

uck

no

w,

U.P

. A

gar

wal

, 1967

C. ti

ger

inis

do

do

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Johnst

on,

1969

C. ala

tae

do

do

India

N

ama

and J

ain,

1974

C. vl

ast

imil

i R

. cy

anop

hly

ctis

do

Jodhp

ur,

Raj

asth

an

Ary

a, 1

984

Cam

all

anus

sp.

Rana s

p.

do

Hyd

erab

ad,

A.P

. M

irza

and B

asir

, 1938

Page 214: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

177

C. unis

pic

ulu

s

R. ti

gri

na

………….

India

D

evil

and R

ao,

1990

Fam

ily:

Ph

ysa

lop

teri

dae

(Rai

llie

t, 1

893 S

ub

fam

)

Lei

per

, 1908

19)

Gen

us:

Phys

alo

pte

ra

Rudolp

hi,

1819

R. ti

gri

nae

do

stom

ach

Aura

ngab

ad M

H.

Ali

and F

arooqui,

1969

Phys

alo

pte

ra s

p.

do

………

N

agp

ur

MH

. N

aidu,

1983

do

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

………

do

do

Phys

alo

pte

roid

es s

p.

do

………..

do

do

Do

R

. ti

gri

na

………

do

do

Fam

ily:

Gnat

host

om

atio

dae

Rai

llie

t, 1

895

20)

Gen

us:

Spir

oxy

s

Sch

nei

der

, 1866

Spir

oxy

s sp

.

do

…………….

Nag

pur,

MH

.

do

Fam

ily :

On

choce

rcid

ae

Cab

alle

ro 1

94

4

O. ra

nae

sp.n

.

do

Bod

y c

avit

y

Sonar

pur

(South

24

Par

gan

as)

W.B

.

Mukul

Dutt

a, 2

007

Ord

er:

Ox

yu

rid

Fam

ily:

Phar

yn

godonid

ae

Tra

vas

sos,

1919

22)

Gen

us:

Phar

yn

godon

Die

sing, 1861

P. burs

atu

s

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

inte

stin

e

Ber

ham

pur,

W.B

.

Rao

, 1989a.

Page 215: INTRODUCTION The living organisms frequently associate together, often closely. There are a

178

Ord

er:

Rhab

dit

idae

Fam

ily:

Str

on

gylo

idae

Chit

wood a

nd M

cInto

sh,

1934

23)

Gen

us:

Short

tia

,

Sin

gh a

nd R

atnam

ala,

1975

Short

tia s

hort

ti

R. cy

anop

hlt

ctis

lungs

Ban

gal

ore

, K

arnat

aka

Sin

gh a

nd R

atnam

ala,

1975

Gen

era/

sp

ecie

s

Inquir

endae

24)

Gen

us:

Pro

phary

ng

odon B

isw

as

and C

hak

rav

arty

, 1963

P. ra

nae

R. ti

gri

na

Rec

tum

Dum

dum

Cal

cutt

a

Bis

was

and C

hak

rav

arty

,

1963

P. ra

nae

Bis

was

and

Chak

ravar

ty, 18963

do

do

W.B

.

Dey S

arkar

, 1988

Tanyr

ea a

nom

ala

do

Bod

y c

avit

y

India

N

ama,

1973

Hap

lodid

entu

s in

dic

us

do

……….

Vid

arb

ha

regio

n M

H.

Nai

du a

nd T

hak

are,

1981

Poek

ilost

rongyl

us

schm

idi

R. cy

anop

hly

ctis

……………..

N

ainit

al,

Utt

aran

chal

A

rya,

1987

Nem

atodes

do

………………

H

yd

erab

ad

Rao

and K

rish

na,

1984

Hel

min

th i

nfe

ctio

n

do

……………..

do

Rao

and K

rish

na,

1983